OPERATOR MANUAL

Supplement
Crane Warm-up Procedures

y
nl
O
ce
en
er

! DANGER
ef

An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death or

serious injury. Do not operate this crane unless:
• You are trained in the safe operation of this crane. Manitowoc is not
R

responsible for qualifying personnel.

• You read, understand, and follow the safety and operating
recommendations contained in the crane manufacturer’s manuals and
load charts, your employer’s work rules, and applicable government
regulations.
• You are sure that all safety signs, guards, and other safety features are
in place and in proper condition.
• The Operator Manual and Load Chart are in the holder provided on
crane.

© 2017 Manitowoc
Published 3-30-2017, Control # 516-04
SECTION CONTENTS
Crane Warm-up Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hydraulic Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
This Supplement provides information regarding the proper
warm-up procedures for operating the crane in colder
temperatures. The information provided here supplements
the Operator and Service Manuals and must be used in
conjunction with these manuals.
COLD CLIMATE ENGINE OPERATION
Engine specific cold climate operation information is
available through your Cummins dealer/service center under
Service Bulletin 3379009.
CRANE WARM-UP PROCEDURES
The following procedures detail the actions that must be
taken to properly warm the different crane components
before operating the crane.
NOTE: For temperatures below -9°C (15°F) refer to arctic
lubricants and conditions in the Operator and
O
Service Manuals.
Before starting the crane, ensure the appropriate lubricants
are used in order to provide lubrication for the prevailing
ambient temperatures in which the crane will operate in (a
ce
list of lubricants and their temperature ranges can be found
in the Lubrication section of your crane’s Operator Manual,
by contacting your local Manitowoc distributor, or by
contacting Manitowoc Crane Care directly).
en
CAUTION
Crane Damage Hazard!
Operating the crane with the incorrect lubricants and
fluids for the prevailing ambient temperature and/or failing
er
to adequately warm the crane prior to cold weather
operation can lead to a failure of a crane component or
system.
ef
Always use Manitowoc recommended lubricants and
fluids for the prevailing ambient temperature and properly
start and warm the crane using the cold weather
procedures found in this Operator Manual and
R
supplement before operating the crane at full load.
Engine
Warm-up Procedures for All Temperature Ranges:
1. Upon startup, allow the engine to idle for 3 to 5 minutes
before operating with a load.
2. Cold Engine Startup: After allowing the engine to warm
by idling it for 3 to 5 minutes, slowly increase the engine
speed to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings
and to allow the oil pressure to stabilize.
GROVE Published 3-30-2017, Control # 516-04
Transmission
Operating the transmission with a sump temperature below
normal operating temperature is limited to:
• operating in the neutral gear or
• driving with an unloaded crane while not exceeding
1500 engine RPM and not exceeding half throttle.
Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT) and
Industrial Cranes:
1. Engage the parking brake and apply the service brake.
y
2. Shift the transmission into the highest gear and increase
the engine RPM to 1500 for 15 seconds, then allow the
engine RPM to return to idle.
nl
3. Repeat Step 2 until the temperature of the transmission
sump reaches normal operating temperature.
Alternate Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT)
and Industrial Cranes:
1. Setup the crane on outriggers.
2. Engage the transmission with 4-wheel drive selected (if
equipped) and allow crane to run at idle until the
temperature of the transmission sump reaches normal
operating temperature.
NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause
transmission damage.
Alternate Warm-up Procedures for Truck Mount (TM/
TMS) Cranes:
1. Setup the crane on outriggers.
2. Engage the transmission and allow crane to run at idle
until the temperature of the transmission sump reaches
normal operating temperature.
Hoist
Performing a warm-up procedure is recommended at every
startup and is required at ambient temperatures below 4°C
(40°F).
Warm-up Procedures:
1. Without operating the hoist function, warm the hydraulic
oil (see Hydraulic Oil System, page 2-2).
2. Once the hydraulic system is warm, operate the
unloaded hoist, in both directions, at low speeds several
times to prime all hydraulic lines with warm hydraulic oil
and to circulate gear lubricant through the planetary
gear sets.
1
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Above -7°C
(20°F):
1. Setup the crane on fully extended outriggers, with the
boom fully retracted and near maximum lift angle with no
load applied.
2. Rotate the superstructure at a speed of less than one
RPM for at least one complete revolution in one
direction, then rotate the superstructure at a speed of
less than one RPM for at least one complete revolution
in the opposite direction.
crane to run at idle until the temperature of the
transmission sump reaches normal operating
temperature.
NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause
transmission damage.
Hydraulic Oil System
Operating Limits and Warm-up Procedures:
• From 4°C to -10°C (40°F to 15°F): Crane operation
without a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and

y
medium function speed (joystick position) until the fluid
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -7°C reaches at least 10°C (50°F). It is then recommended
(20°F): that all crane functions be cycled to remove cold fluid

nl
1. Ensure the boom is fully retracted and near maximum lift from all components and cylinders of the hydraulic
angle with no load applied. system. If there is any unusual sound coming from the
crane’s hydraulic pumps or motors, stop the operation
2. Rotate the superstructure at a speed of less than one- and engine immediately and contact a Manitowoc

O
half RPM for at least two complete revolutions in one
direction, then rotate the superstructure at a speed of
less than one-half RPM for at least two complete
revolutions in the opposite direction.
ce
Axles
distributor.
• From 10°C to 4°C (50°F to 40°F): Crane operation with
a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and medium
function speed (joystick position) until the fluid reaches
at least 10°C (50°F).

Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -35°C • From 95°C to 10°C (200°F to 50°F): Crane operation
(-30°F): with a load is allowed with no restrictions.
• Above 95°C (200°F): No crane operation is allowed. Let
en

1. Setup the crane on outriggers.

the crane’s hydraulic oil cool by running the engine at
2. Engage the transmission (see Transmission, page 2-1) idle with no functions actuated.
with 4-wheel drive selected (if equipped) and allow
er
ef
R

2 Published 3-30-2017, Control # 516-04

 Grove RT770E
Operator Manual

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y
 OPERATOR MANUAL 1
This manual has been prepared for and is considered part of -

RT770E
Crane Model Number

y
nl
This Manual is divided into the following sections:

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2 SAFETY

O
SECTION 3 OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 4 SET-UP AND INSTALLATION
SECTION 5 LUBRICATION
SECTION 6 MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST
3
ce
NOTICE

The crane serial number is the only method your distributor or the factory
en

has of providing you with correct parts and service information.

The crane serial number is identified on the builder’s decal attached to the
operator cab. Always furnish crane serial number when ordering parts
or communicating service problems with your distributor or the factory.

4
er
ef

! DANGER
R

An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death or

serious injury. Do not operate this crane unless:
• You are trained in the safe operation of this crane. Manitowoc is not
responsible for qualifying personnel. 5
• You read, understand, and follow the safety and operating
recommendations contained in the crane manufacturer’s manuals and
load charts, your employer’s work rules, and applicable government
regulations.
• You are sure that all safety signs, guards, and other safety features are
in place and in proper condition.
• The Operator Manual and Load Chart are in the holder provided on
crane.
6
© 2015 Manitowoc
Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
 y
nl
CALIFORNIA

O
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.
ce
en

CALIFORNIA
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain
chemical lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or
er

other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

ef

The original language of this publication is English.

R
RT770E TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Customer Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise/vibration test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 T

y
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
O

nl
Torque Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 C
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

O
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
ce
Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Hydraulic Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Information

en

Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Signal Words. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
er

Warning Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ef

Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
R

Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Wind Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wind Speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lifting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Pile Driving and Extracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Grove TOC-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS RT770E

Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrocution Hazard Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrical Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28

y
Synthetic Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

nl
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Travel Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

O
Work Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Job Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
ce
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
en

Cold Weather Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Model Specific Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
er

Access Platform Hand Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
ef

Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

SECTION 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Controls and Procedures

Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
R

Steering Column. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer/Headlight /Horn Controls. . . . . . 3-3
Steering Column Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Park Brake Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Drive Axle Selector Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Engine Diagnostic and Engine Speed Control Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

TOC-2
RT770E TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Skylight Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Skylight Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Skylight Sunscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Cab Circulating Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Overhead Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heater Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Air Conditioner Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Skylight Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Panel Dimmer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
T

y
Work Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Boom Lights Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 O

nl
Crane Function Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Hoist Rotation Indicator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
C
Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

O
Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Boom Recovery Mode Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Steering Column Indicator and Gauge Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Swing Brake Engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
ce
Parking Brake Engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Light Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hydraulic Oil High Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Transmission Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
en

Low Steer Pressure (Optional on CE Units) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Left Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Low Brake Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Electronic Module Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Electronic System Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
er

LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Engine Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Engine Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
ef

Right Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
High Exhaust System Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
R

Engine Wait-to-Start Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Four-Wheel Drive Engaged Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Axle Differential Locked Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Low Fuel Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Battery Charge Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Voltmeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
DEF Tank Level/Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Grove TOC-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS RT770E

Control Seat Assembly (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Main Hoist Joystick (Single Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Boom Lift Joystick (Single Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Boom Lift and Main Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis Option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Joystick (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Swing Joystick (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Swing and Telescope or Swing and Auxiliary Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis Option). . 3-15
Auxiliary Hoist Speed Selector Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Swing Brake Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Axle Differential Lock Control Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Cab Door Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

y
Seat Back Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
A/C Heater, Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

nl
Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Frame Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Armrest Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Hoist Rotation Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

O
HRI Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Hydraulic Boost Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Armrest Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Side Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
ce
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) and Work Area Definition System (WADS)
Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Bypass Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Emergency Stop Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
en

Turntable Pin Swing Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

12V Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Bubble Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Hoist Third Wrap Indicator (Optional—Standard on CE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
er

Cold Weather Indicator (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Ambient Temperature LED Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Boom Not Synchronized Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Outrigger Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
ef

Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

360° Swing Lock Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
R

Service Brake Foot Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Foot Throttle Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Fuse Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency Override Switch
(Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency Override Switch and Indicator
(CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Backup Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

TOC-4
RT770E TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Pre-Starting Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Hydraulic Oil System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Engine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Transporting the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Crane Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
T

y
General Crane Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Stowing and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 O

nl
Unattended Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

SECTION 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set-Up and Installation

C
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

O
Accessing the Hoist Area (Fixed counterweight units only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Travel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Working Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Installing Cable on the Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
ce
Boom Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Installing Wedge and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
en

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Boom Extension Rigging Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Erecting the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Stowing the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Setting the Folding Swingaway Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom Extension with the 6.1 m (20 ft) Insert. . . . . . . 4-18
er

Erecting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Stowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Fixed Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
ef

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Removable Counterweight (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
R

SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubrication
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Surface Protection for Cylinder Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
CraneLUBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Steering and Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Grove TOC-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS RT770E

Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Drive Train (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Hoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

SECTION 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Checklist

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Daily or 10 Hour Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

y
Weekly or 50 Hour Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

SECTION 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alphabetical Index

nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

TOC-6
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Customer Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise/vibration test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Noise Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Vibration Level Test Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ce
GENERAL
NOTE: Throughout this manual, reference is made to left,
right, front, and rear when describing locations.
These reference locations are to be considered as
en
those viewed from the operator seat with the
superstructure facing forward over the front of the
carrier frame.
This Operator Manual provides important information for the
operator of the Model RT770E Grove Crane.
er
The rough terrain crane incorporates an all welded steel
frame, using planetary drive axles to provide four-wheel
drive. Axle steering is accomplished utilizing hydraulic steer
cylinders. The engine is mounted at the rear of the crane and
ef
provides motive power through a six speed forward and
reverse transmission. Hydraulic, double box, sliding beam
outriggers are integral with the frame.
R
The carrier frame incorporates an integral fifth wheel, to
which the rear axle is mounted, to provide axle oscillation.
Axle oscillation lockout is automatic when the superstructure
rotates from the travel position.
The superstructure is capable of 360° rotation in either
direction. All crane functions are controlled from the fully-
enclosed cab mounted on the superstructure. The crane is
equipped with a four-section, full power, sequenced and
synchronized boom. Additional reach is obtained by utilizing
an optional swingaway boom extension. Lifting is provided
by a main hoist and an optional auxiliary hoist.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
INTRODUCTION
1
Torque Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
y
Wheels and Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Swing Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5
nl
1-5 Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5 Swivel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1-5 Hydraulic Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
O
Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Customer Support
Manitowoc and our distributor network want to ensure your
satisfaction with our products and customer support. Your
local distributor is the best equipped and most
knowledgeable to assist you for parts, service and warranty
issues. They have the facilities, parts, factory trained
personnel, and the information to assist you in a timely
manner. We request that you first contact them for
assistance. If you feel you need factory assistance, please
ask the distributor’s service management to coordinate the
contact on your behalf.
New Owners
If you are the new owner of a Grove crane, please register it
with Manitowoc Crane Care so we have the ability to contact
you if the need arises.
Go to: http://www.manitowoccranes.com/MCG_CARE/
Includes/EN/changeofownership.cfm and complete the form.
NOISE/VIBRATION TEST RESULTS
Noise Level Test Results
• When equipped with the CE certification package, the
guaranteed sound power level is L wa 105 dB(A) as
measured by Directive 2000/14/EC and 80 db(A) at the
crane operator position as measured by Annex G.1 of
EN 13000:2010+A1:2014.
1-1
INTRODUCTION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Vibration Level Test Results Hand Transmitted Vibrations, and ISO/DIS 8041 -
Human Response Vibration Measuring Instrumentation.
• At the operator station with closed cab operation,
vibration levels are less than 0.5 m/s/s for Whole Body
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION
Vibration exposure and are less than 2.5 m/s/s for Hand
Arm Vibration exposure when measured according to Refer to Figure 1-1.
89/392/EEC Community Legislation on Machinery per
Whenever contacting your local Grove distributor or
standard ISO 2631/1 - Evaluation of Human Exposure to
Manitowoc Crane Care have the serial number of the crane
Work Body Vibration, ISO 5349 - Guidelines for the
available.
Measurement and Assessment of Human Exposure to

Manual Cover

y
nl
Inside Cab

Frame

O
ce
en

7813-1

Serial Number Locations FIGURE 1-1

er
ef
R

1-2 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL INTRODUCTION

8
1
9
1 7
2
3 4 5 6

10

y
11

nl
O
14 13
27
15
12 12
ce
FIGURE 1-2

17
16 18
en
er

22
20
26
ef

1
21
19

7671-2
R

24 23
25

FIGURE 1-2 continued

Item Description 5 Air Conditioning Components

1 Boom Nose Sheaves 6 Windshield Washer Fluid Container
2 Boom Hoist Access Platform (Fixed Counterweight
7
Units Only)
3 Work Lights
8 Main Hoist
4 Cab

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 1-3

INTRODUCTION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Item Description 19 Auxiliary Boom Nose

9 Auxiliary Hoist 20 Boom Extension
10 Counterweight 21 Outrigger Floats
11 Muffler 22 Lift Cylinder
12 Outrigger Jack Cylinder 23 Front Axle
13 Battery 24 Hydraulic Fluid Tank
Fuel Tank (Tier 4 engines require Low Sulphur 25 Rear Axle
14
Fuel only!)
26 Air Intake Cleaner

y
15 Crane Steps
27 DEF Tank
16 Boom Pivot Pin

nl
17 Hydraulic Valves and Swing Motor Cover
18 Swingaway Extension

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

1-4 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS
General
Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RT770E
Rated Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . See Load Chart in cab
Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 x 4 x 4
Gross Weight . . See Axle Weight Distribution Table
Dimensions
NOTE: Dimensions listed are for a crane with all
components fully retracted in the travel mode with
29.5 x 25 tires.
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06 m (160 in)
Overall Crane Length . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 m (44.6 ft)
Overall Crane Width . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.33 m (11.0 ft)
Overall Crane Height . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60 m (10.9 ft)
Outside Turning Radius
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . 11.342 m (37 ft 2.55 in)
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . .6.744 mm (22 ft 1.5 in)
Outside Curb Clearance
O
2 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . 11.7 m (38 ft 5.88 in)
4 Wheel Steer . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 m (23 ft 3.5 in)
Outrigger Spread
Retracted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.18 m (10 ft 5 in)
Mid Extend . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.28 m (17 ft 4 in)
Fully Extended . . . . . . . . . . .7.11 m (23 ft 4 in)
ce
Capacities
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 L (74 gal)
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Specifications
en
Engine Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . See Engine
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Specifications
Hydraulic Tank (Reservoir Capacity)
Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717 L (189.5 gal)
Full Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640 L (169 gal)
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
er
Model GHP-30A . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7 L (15.5 qt)
Swing Gearbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 L (5.25 qt)
Axle Planetary Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 L (8 pt)
Axle Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 L (48 pt)
Transmission (includes Torque Converter)
ef
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 L (40 qt)
DEF Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 L (5 gal)
Torque Converter
R
Stall Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.82:1
Charge Pump Capacity . . . . . . . 76 L/min (20 gpm)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .@ 2000 rpm
Transmission
Gear Ratios
Forward and Reverse
Low Range
1st . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.59
2nd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.06
3rd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22
High Range
4th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.33
5th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.08
6th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.76
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
INTRODUCTION
Engine
Cummins QSB 6.7
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 cycle, Diesel, Turbocharged
1
Number of Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Horse Power Rating. 194 kW (260 hp) @ 2500 rpm
Oil Pan Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6 L (18.5 qt)
Coolant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 L (40 qt)
Axles
Total Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.817:1
Carrier Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86:1
Planetary Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.235:1
y
Brakes
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Disc
nl
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 x 16 mm (18.5 x 0.63 in)
Wheels and Tires
Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Torque . . . . . . . . . 461 to 488 Nm (340 to 360 lb-ft)
Tire Size
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . .29.5 x 25, 28 ply rating
Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5R25, 34 ply rating
NOTE: For roading and lifting pressures, refer to the Load
Chart Book in the cab.
Swing Gearbox
Reduction Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36:1
Output Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45,000 in-lb
Boom
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 to 42 m (35.9 to 137.9 ft)
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tele Section, Full Power
Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-3 to +78 degrees
Extensions
Fixed* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 m (32.6 ft)
Folding*. . . . . . . . . . . 10 or 17 m (32.6 or 56 ft)
*Extensions are offset at 0, 25, or 45 degrees.
Swivel Assembly
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Slip Rings
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ports
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ports
Hydraulic Pumps
NOTE: Pump output figures are theoretical.
Pump #1
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Section 1. . . . . . . . . . . . .191 L/min (50.4 gpm)
Section 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 L/min (25.1 gpm)
Pump #2
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Section 1. . . . . . . . . . . . .105 L/min (27.8 gpm)
1-5
INTRODUCTION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Pump #3
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gear
Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Output - @ loaded engine speed
Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 L/min (31.7 gpm)
Hoists
Cable
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 mm (0.75 in)
Length-Main. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 m (650 ft)
Length-Aux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 m (653 ft)
Max. Permissible Line Pull (6x36)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.7 kN (16,800 lb)
Max. Single Line Speed . . . . . 153 m/min (500 fpm)

Drum Dimensions
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 mm (15 in)
Length (Standard) . . . . . . . .467 mm (18.38 in)

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

1-6 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL
SECTION 2
SAFETY INFORMATION
SECTION CONTENTS
Safety Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety Alert Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Signal Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Warning Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Accidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
O
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems
(If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Anti-Two-Blocking Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
ce
Crane Stability/Structural Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Load Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Wind Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
en
Wind Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lifting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Counterweight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Outrigger Lift Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Multiple Crane Lifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
er
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Pile Driving and Extracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Crane Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
ef
Crane Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Set-Up and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Electrocution Hazard Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
R
Electrical Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Special Operating Conditions and Equipment . . 2-25
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
SAFETY MESSAGES
General
The importance of safe operation and maintenance cannot
be overemphasized. Carelessness or neglect on the part of
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Service and Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
2
y
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Synthetic Hoist Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
nl
Sheaves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Transporting the Crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Work Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Personal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Crane Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Job Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Hand Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . 2-38
Model Specific Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Crane Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Access Platform Hand Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Overload Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Boom Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Superstructure Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Carrier Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
operators, job supervisors and planners, rigging personnel,
and job site workers can result in their death or injury and
costly damage to the crane and property.
To alert personnel to hazardous operating practices and
maintenance procedures, safety messages are used
2-1
SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

throughout the manual. Each safety message contains a It is not meant to cover every conceivable circumstance
safety alert symbol and a signal word to identify the hazard’s which could arise. It is intended to present basic safety
degree of seriousness. precautions that should be followed in daily operation.

Safety Alert Symbol
This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION!
Become alert - your safety is involved! Obey all safety
messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death
or injury.
Because you are the only part of the crane that can think and
reason, your responsibility is not lessened by the addition of
operational aids or warning devices. Indeed, you must guard
against acquiring a false sense of security when using them.
They are there to assist, not direct the operation. Operational
aids or warning devices can be mechanical, electrical,
electronic, or a combination thereof. They are subject to
failure or misuse and should not be relied upon in place of
good operating practices.

y
You are the only one who can be relied upon to assure the
Signal Words safety of yourself and those around you. Be a professional

nl
and follow the rules of safety.
Remember, failure to follow just one safety precaution could
DANGER cause an accident that results in death or serious injury to
personnel or damage to equipment. You are responsible for

O
Identifies hazards that will result in death or serious injury
the safety of yourself and those around you.
if the message is ignored.
Warning Signs
Refer to the Parts Manual for a drawing indicating the
ce
WARNING location of warning signs on the crane.
Identifies hazards that may result in death or serious
injury if the message is ignored. ACCIDENTS
Following any accident or damage to equipment, the
en

Manitowoc dealer must be immediately advised of the

incident and consulted on necessary inspections and
repairs. Should the dealer not be immediately available,
CAUTION contact should be made directly with Manitowoc Product
Identifies hazards that could result in minor or moderate Safety at the address below. The crane must not be returned
er

injury if the message is ignored. to service until it is thoroughly inspected for any evidence of
damage. All damaged parts must be repaired or replaced as
authorized by your Manitowoc distributor and/or Manitowoc
Crane Care.
CAUTION
ef

If this crane becomes involved in a property damage and/or

Without the safety alert symbol, identifies hazards that
personal injury accident, immediately contact your
could result in property damage if the message is ignored.
Manitowoc distributor. If the distributor is unknown and/or
cannot be reached, contact Product Safety at:
R

NOTE: Emphasizes operation or maintenance

procedures. The Manitowoc Company, Inc.
1565 East Buchanan Trail
GENERAL Shady Grove, PA 17256-0021

It is impossible to compile a list of safety precautions Phone: 888-777-3378 (888-PSR.DEPT)

covering all situations. However, there are basic principles 717-597-8121
that must be followed during your daily routine. Safety is Fax: 717-593-5152
your primary responsibility, since any piece of equipment E-mail: product.safety@manitowoc.com
is only as safe as the person at the controls.
Read and follow the information located in Model Specific
Information near the end of this section.
This information has been provided to assist in promoting a
safe working atmosphere for yourself and those around you.

2-2 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL
OPERATOR INFORMATION
You must read and understand this Operator Manual and
the Load Chart before operating your new crane. You must
also view and understand the supplied safety video. This
manual and Load Chart must be readily available to the
operator at all times and must remain in the cab (if equipped)
or operator’s station while the crane is in use.
The Operator Manual supplied with and considered part of
your crane must be read and completely understood by each
person responsible for assembly, disassembly, operation
and maintenance of the crane.
No personnel shall be allowed to climb onto the crane or
enter the crane cab or operator’s station unless performance
of their duties require them to do so, and then only with
knowledge of the operator or other qualified person.
Allow No One other than the operator to be on the crane
while the crane is operating or moving, unless they are
O
seated in a two-man cab.
ce
en
er
ef
R
Do not remove the Load Chart, this Operator Manual, or
any decal from this crane.
Inspect the crane every day (before the start of each shift).
Ensure that routine maintenance and lubrication are being
dutifully performed. Don’t operate a damaged or poorly
maintained crane. You risk lives when operating faulty
machinery - including your own.
If adjustments or repairs are necessary, the operator shall
notify the next operator.
OPERATOR QUALIFICATIONS
Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of
knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
with crane operations and the hazards involved. Such a
person shall meet the operator qualifications specified in
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Regulations (United States Federal Law), in ASME B30.5
American National Standard, or in any other applicable
federal, state or local laws.
Ensure that all personnel working around the crane are
thoroughly familiar with safe operating practices. You must
be thoroughly familiar with the location and content of all
placards and decals on the crane. Decals provide important
instructions and warnings and must be read prior to any
operational or maintenance function.
2
y
Refer to the Parts Manual for this crane for the locations of all
safety decals.
nl
You must be familiar with the regulations and standards
governing cranes and their operation. Work practice
requirements may vary slightly between government
regulations, industry standards, and employer policies so a
thorough knowledge of all such relevant work rules is
necessary.
An untrained operator subjects himself and others to death
or serious injury.
You must not operate this crane unless:
• You have been trained in the safe operation of this
crane.
• You read, understand, and follow the safety and
operating recommendations contained in the
manufacturer’s manuals, your employer’s work rules,
and applicable government regulations.
• You are sure the crane has been inspected and
maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals and is operating properly.
• You are sure that all safety signs, guards, and other
safety features are in place and in proper condition.
Do not attempt to operate the crane unless you are trained
and thoroughly familiar with all operational functions.
Controls and design may vary from crane to crane; therefore,
2-3
SAFETY INFORMATION
it is important that you have specific training on the particular
crane you will be operating.
Training is ESSENTIAL for proper crane operation. Never
jeopardize your own well-being or that of others by
attempting to operate a crane on which you have not been
trained.
You must be mentally and physically fit to operate a crane.
Never attempt to operate a crane while under the influence
of medication, narcotics, or alcohol. Any type of drug could
i m pa i r p h y s i c a l , v i s u a l a n d m e n ta l r e a c t i o n s , a n d
capabilities.
As operator of this crane, you are granted the authority to
stop and refuse to lift loads until safety is assured.
OPERATIONAL AIDS
Operational aids are accessories that provide information to
facilitate operation of a crane or that take control of particular
functions without action of the operator when a limiting
condition is sensed, as stated in the latest revision of the
ASME B30.5, and ASME B30.8 standards. Examples of
such devices include, but are not limited to, the following:
ce
anti-two-block device, rated capacity indicator, rated capacity
limiter, boom angle or radius indicator, boom length indicator,
crane level indicator, hoist drum rotation indicator, load
indicator, and wind speed indicator.
Manitowoc remains committed to providing reliable products
en
that enable users and operators to safely lift and position
loads. Manitowoc has been an industry leader in the
incorporation of operational aids into the design of its cranes.
Federal law requires that cranes be properly maintained and
kept in good working condition. The manuals that Manitowoc
er
provides that are specific for each crane and the
manufacturer’s manuals for the operational aids shall be
followed. If an operational aid should fail to work properly, the
crane user or owner must assure that repair or recalibration
ef
is accomplished as soon as is reasonably possible. If
immediate repair or recalibration of an operational aid is not
possible and there are exceptional circumstances which
justify continued short-term use of the crane when
R
operational aids are inoperative or malfunctioning, the
following requirements shall apply for continued use or
shutdown of the crane:
• Steps shall be taken to schedule repairs and
recalibration immediately. The operational aids shall be
put back into service as soon as replacement parts, if
required, are available and the repairs and recalibration
can be carried out. Every reasonable effort must be
made to expedite repairs and recalibration.
• When a Load Indicator, Rated Capacity Indicator, or
Rated Capacity Limiter is inoperative or malfunctioning,
the designated person responsible for supervising the
lifting operations shall establish procedures for
determining load weights and shall ascertain that the
2-4 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
weight of the load does not exceed the crane ratings at
the radius where the load is to be handled.
• When a Boom Angle or Radius Indicator is inoperative
or malfunctioning, the radius or boom angle shall be
determined by measurement.
• When an Anti-Two-Blocking Device, Two-Blocking
Damage Prevention Device or Two-Block Warning
Device is inoperative or malfunctioning, the designated
person responsible for supervising the lifting operations
shall establish procedures, such as assigning an
additional signal person to furnish equivalent protection.
This does not apply when lifting personnel in load-line
y
supported personnel platforms. Personnel shall not be
lifted when anti-two-block devices are not functioning
nl
properly.
• When a Boom Length Indicator is inoperative or
malfunctioning, the designated person responsible for
supervising the lifting operations shall establish the
O
boom lengths at which the lift will be made by actual
measurements or marking on the boom.
• When a Level Indicator is inoperative or malfunctioning,
other means shall be used to level the crane.
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Systems (If
Equipped)
Your crane may be equipped with an RCL system which is
intended to aid the operator. An RCL is a device that
automatically monitors radius, load weight, and load rating
and prevents movements of the crane, which would result in
an overload condition.
Test daily for proper operation. Never interfere with the
proper functioning of operational aids or warning devices.
Under no condition should it be relied upon to replace the
use of Load Charts and operating instructions. Sole reliance
upon these electronic aids in place of good operating
practices can cause an accident.
Know the weight of all loads and always check the capacity
of the crane as shown on the Load Chart before making any
lifts.
NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart.
Always check the Load Chart to ensure the load to be lifted
at the desired radius is within the rated capacity of the crane.
For detailed information concerning the operation and
maintenance of the RCL system installed on the crane, see
the RCL manufacturer’s manual supplied with the crane.
Manufacturers of rated capacity limiters may refer to them in
their manuals as a load moment indicator (LMI), a hydraulic
capacity alert system (HCAS), a safe load indicator (SLI), or
an EKS5; Manitowoc refers to these systems as a rated
capacity limiter (RCL) throughout its Operator and Service
Manuals.
OPERATOR MANUAL
Anti-Two-Blocking Device
This crane should have a functional Anti-Two-Block and
Control Lock-Out System. Test daily for proper operation.
Two-blocking occurs when the load block (hook block,
headache ball, rigging, etc.) comes into physical contact with
the boom (boom nose, sheaves, jib, etc.). Two-blocking can
cause hoist rope (wire rope or synthetic rope), rigging,
reeving, and other components to become highly stressed
and overloaded in which case the hoist rope may fail
allowing the load, block, etc. to free fall.
Two-blocking is more likely to occur when both the main and
auxiliary hoist lines are reeved over the main boom nose and
jib nose respectively. An operator, concentrating on the
specific line being used, may telescope or lower the boom
allowing the other hoist line attachment to contact the boom
or jib nose, thus causing damage to the sheaves, or causing
the hoist rope to fail, dropping the lifting device to the ground
O
and possibly injuring personnel working below.
Caution must be used when lowering the boom, extending
the boom or hoisting up. Let out load line(s) simultaneously
to prevent two-blocking the boom tip(s) and the hook block,
ce
etc. The closer the load is carried to the boom nose the more
important it becomes to simultaneously let out hoist rope as
en
er
ef
R
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
the boom is lowered. Keep load handling devices a minimum
of 107 cm (42 in) below the boom nose at all times.
Two-blocking can be prevented. Operator awareness of the
hazards of two-blocking is the most important factor in
preventing this condition. An Anti-Two-Block System is
intended to assist the operator in preventing dangerous two-
block conditions. It is not a replacement for operator
awareness and competence.
Never interfere with the proper functioning of operational
aids or warning devices.
Working Area Limiter (If Equipped)
2
y
This crane may be equipped with a working area limiter as
part of the RCL system, designated as either Work Area
nl
Definition System (WADS) or Working Range Limiter (WRL).
You must read and understand the operator manual before
operating the working area limiter system. Become familiar
with all proper operating procedures and with the
identification of symbol usage.
The working area limiter is intended to be used as an aid to
the operator. It is not a substitute for safe crane operating
practices, experience and good operator judgements.
2-5
SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

CRANE STABILITY/STRUCTURAL slightly off the ground and recheck the stability before
STRENGTH proceeding with the lift. Determine the weight of the load
before you attempt the lift.
To avoid death or serious injury, ensure that the crane is on a
Unless lifting within On Rubber capacities, outrigger beams
firm surface with load and crane’s configuration within
and jack cylinders (plus center front stabilizer, if equipped)
capacity as shown on the crane’s Load Chart and notes.
must be properly extended and set to provide precise
Ensure all pins and floats are properly installed and outrigger leveling of the crane. Tires must be clear of the ground
beams are properly extended before lifting on outriggers. On before lifting on outriggers.
models equipped with outriggers that can be pinned at the
mid-extend position (vertical stripe, if applicable), the
outriggers must also be pinned when operating from the mid-
extend position.

y
Use adequate cribbing under outrigger floats to distribute
weight over a greater area. Check frequently for settling.

nl
Read and follow the following safety decal for cranes with
center front stabilizers.

O
ce
en

KEEP THE BOOM SHORT. Swinging loads with a long line

can create an unstable condition and possible structural
failure of the boom.
er

Load Charts
Load Charts represent the absolute maximum allowable
Carefully follow the procedures in this Operator Manual loads, which are based on either tipping or structural
limitations of the crane under specific conditions. Knowing
ef

when extending or retracting the outriggers. Death or serious

injury could result from improper crane setup on outriggers.
The operator must select the proper Load Chart and Rated
Capacity Limiter (RCL) System program for the outrigger
R
the precise load radius, boom length, and boom angle
should be a part of your routine planning and operation.
Actual loads, including necessary allowances, should be
kept below the capacity shown on the applicable Load Chart.

position selected.
Before swinging the superstructure over the side when the
outriggers are retracted, check the Load Chart for backwards
stability.
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition when
in an extended and lowered position. Retract the boom
proportionally with reference to the capacity of the applicable
Load Chart.
Check crane stability before lifting loads. Ensure the
outriggers (or tires if lifting on rubber) are firmly positioned on
solid surfaces. Ensure the crane is level, brakes are set, and
the load is properly rigged and attached to the hook. Check
the Load Chart against the weight of the load. Lift the load
Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
You must use the appropriate Load Chart when determining
the capability of the crane in the configuration required to
perform the lift.
Maximum lifting capacity is available at the shortest radius,
minimum boom length, and highest boom angle.
Do not remove the Load Charts from the crane.
Work Site
Prior to any operation, you must inspect the entire work site,
including ground conditions, where the crane will travel and

2-6 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

operate. Be sure that the surfaces will support a load greater
than the crane’s weight and maximum capacity.
Be aware of all conditions that could adversely effect the
stability of the crane.
Be aware of the danger for people entering the working area.
Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the vicinity of the
crane while operating.
WIND FORCES
There are basic principles that must be followed while
operating in windy conditions. This information has been
Wind can have a significant effect on loads that may be lifted
by a crane. Wind forces act differently on a crane depending
upon the direction from which the wind is blowing (e.g., wind
on the rear of the boom can result in decreased forward
stability, wind on the underside of the boom can result in
decreased backward stability, wind on the side of the boom
can result in structural damages, etc.)
Wind forces can exert extreme dynamic loads. Manitowoc
recommends that a lift not be made if the wind can cause a
loss of control in handling the load.
Wind forces can be determined by typical visible effects on
the landscape.To assist you in determining prevailing wind
2

y
provided to assist in determining safe operation in windy conditions, refer to Table 2-1.
conditions.
NOTE: The wind speed corresponding to the Beaufort

nl
Always use extreme caution when windy conditions exist. scale in the table is mean wind speed at 10 m
NEVER exceed the rated capacity shown on the Load Chart. (33 ft) elevation over a period of 10 minutes.
Always check the Load Chart to ensure the load to be

O
lifted is within the rated capacity of the crane.

Table 2-1 Beaufort Wind Scale

Maximum Wind Speed

ce
Beaufort Visible Indicator
Description m/s km/h mph
Number Effects of wind as observed on land
Zero (0) Calm 0.3 1.1 0.7 Calm; smoke rises vertically
Smoke drift indicates wind direction. Leaves and wind vanes
en

1 Light Air 1.5 5.4 3.4

are stationary.
Wind felt on exposed skin. Leaves rustle. Wind vanes begin to
2 Light Breeze 3.3 11.9 7.4
move.
Gentle Leaves and small twigs constantly moving. Light flags
3 5.4 19.4 12.1
er

Breeze extended.
Moderate
4 7.9 28.4 17.7 Dust and loose paper raised. Small branches begin to move.
Breeze
Fresh Branches of a moderate size move. Small trees in leaf begin to
ef

5 10.7 38.5 23.9

Breeze sway.
Strong Large branches in motion. Whistling heard in overhead wires.
6 13.8 49.7 30.9
Breeze Umbrella use becomes difficult. Empty plastic bins tip over.
R

7 High Wind 17.1 61.6 38.3 Whole trees in motion. Effort needed to walk against the wind.
Some twigs broken from trees. Cars veer on road. Progress on
8 Gale 20.7 74.5 46.3
foot is seriously impeded.
Some branches break off trees, and some small trees blow
9 Strong Gale 24.4 87.8 54.6
over. Construction/temporary signs and barricades blow over.
10 Storm 28.4 102.2 63.5 Trees are broken off or uprooted, structural damage likely.

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-7

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Wind Speeds
The maximum permissible wind speed referred to in the load
charts is the 3-second wind gust speed measured at the
boom tip height and is designated as V(z). This value is
either recorded at boom tip or calculated based on mean
wind speed recorded at crane operation site. For lift planning
purposes only, the 3-second wind gust speed, V(z), may be
calculated based on mean wind speed reported at http://
www.windfinder.com “Super Forecast”.
This 3-second wind gust is assumed to act on the entire
crane and the load. The wind effect on the load can be

y
conservatively estimated as:
a) If V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), then the allowable

nl
load is the published rated capacity from the Load Chart.
b) If V(z) is > 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and is ≤ 20.1 m/s
(45 mph), the allowable load is the published rated
capacity multiplied by the Capacity Reduction Factor

O
from Table 2-4 (metric) or Table 2-6 (non-metric).
NOTE: This condition is limited to operation with the main
boom on fully extended outriggers only.
ce
c) If V(z) is > 20.1 m/s (45 mph), then lifting is NOT
permitted. Cease lifting operations and lower and retract
the boom.
In both cases a) and b) above, the lift may also be limited by
the projected wind area of the load Ap and by the wind drag
en

coefficient Cd: This limit can be determined by comparing

the Actual wind resistance area with the Allowable wind
resistance area.
Refer to Figure 2-2 for a simplified calculation method to
er

determine permissible wind speed.

ef
R

2-8 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Simplified Method to Determine Maximum Permissible Wind Speed

Determine 3-Second Gust

V(z) = [(z/10)0.14 + 0.4]v [m/s]
Wind Speed at boom tip, V(z) = [(z/33)0.14 + 0.4]v [mph]
V(z)

13.4 m/s < V(z) < 20.1 m/s V(z) > 20.1 m/s (45 mph)
V(z) < 13.4 m/s (30 mph) (30 mph < V(z) < 45 mph)
Main Boom Use Main Boom on
Fully Extended Outriggers ONLY

y
Lifting is not permitted.
Cease Lifting Operations
Allowable load =

nl
Calculate Allowable Load
Published Rated Capacity

Allowable Load = Published Rated Capacity

X Capacity Reduction Factor
(from Load Chart Notes)

O
Ap = maximum height X maximum length
Determine Ap See Figure 2-2

Calculate
ce
Determine Cd of Load Awr (load) = Ap X Cd
NO
2
Ap / Allowable Load < 0.5 m /t ?
(Ap / Allowable Load < 0.0025 ft2/lb)

From Figure 2-3

Calculate
Awr (Allow) of allowable load
en

YES
Awr (Allow) = 1.2 m2/t
(Awr (Allow) = 0.0059 ft2/lb)

YES
Awr (Allow) >Awr (load) ?
er

NO

Calculate Ratio:
Awr (load) / Awr (Allow)
ef

Determine Maximum Permissible Wind

From (Table 2-3) Speed
R

YES
Maximum Permissible
Wind Speed > V(z)?

NO

Lifting is not permitted.

It is permissible to lift Allowable load Cease Lifting Operations.
at this windspeed, V(z) Plan the lift when V(z) < calculated
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed.

V(z) = 3 second gust wind speed at boom tip, m/s (mph) Awr (load) = Actual Wind Resistance Area for the Load, m2(ft)
Ap = Projected Wind Area of Load, m2 (ft2) Awr (Allow) = Allowable Wind Resistance Area of the Load, m2 (ft2
Cd = air drag coefficient of load
FIGURE 2-1

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-9

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Determination of 3-second wind gust speed at boom Size and Shape of the load:
tip height:
These rated capacities are also based on the assumption
The following example illustrates how to calculate 3-second that the Wind Resistance Area of load, Awr(load) is not more
wind gust speed at boom tip height based on mean wind than 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
speed recorded by the device located at the crane operation pound of load. (See below Formulas 2.4 and 2.5.)
site:
The load capacities shall be reduced to account for the larger
V(z) is the 3-second wind gust speed at boom tip wind resistance area of load and 3-second wind gust speed
height Z then: at boom tip height. Use tag lines when the wind gust speed is
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s] above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) to help control the movement of the
load. Manitowoc recommends that a lift not be made if
V(z) = [(Z/10)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.1) the wind can cause a loss of control in handling the

y
Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph] load.
V(z) = [(Z/33)0.14 + 0.4] x V (2.2) The lift may also be limited by the projected wind area of the

nl
where: load Ap and by the wind drag coefficient Cd. This limit can be
determined by comparing the actual wind resistance area of
V [m/s] [mph] - Mean wind speed at 10 m (22 ft) the load with the allowable wind resistance area.
elevation (upper limit of Beaufort scale) Awr(load) = Ap x Cd (2.3)

O
Example: Suppose you want to lift the load with the where:
maximum boom tip height of 30 m (100 ft) and the recorded
mean wind speed by the device located at the crane Awr(load) [m2] [ft2] . - Wind resistant area of the load
operation site is 5.5 m/s (13 mph). This mean wind speed of
Ap [m2] [ft2] - projected wind area,
5.5 m/s (13 mph) corresponds to Beaufort number 4 (see
ce
Table 2-1). The maximum wind velocity according to the Cd - wind drag coefficient.
Beaufort scale of 4 is 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph).
Ap is determined by using the calculation of maxi-
The mean wind speed (upper limit of Beaufort number) at mum height x maximum length (see Figure 2-3).
10 m (33 ft) height, to be used for calculation is:
en

V = 7.9 m/s (17.7 mph) For Cd, refer to Table 2-2. If the Cd cannot be cal-
Boom tip height for this lift is Z = 30 m (100 ft) culated or estimated, use a value of 2.4.

then: The allowable wind resistant area of the load Awr(allow) is

equal to 0.0012 square meters per kilogram (0.0059 sq.ft per
Metric, with Z [m] and V [m/s]
er

pound) of allowable load:

V(z) = [(30/10)0.14 + 0.4] x 7.9 = 12.4 m/s Metric, with m(load) [kg] - Mass of the allowable load
Non-metric, with Z [ft] and V [mph] Awr(allow) = 0.0012 × m(load) (2.4)
V(z) = [(100/33)0.14 + 0.4] x 17.7 = 27.8 mph
ef

Non-metric, with m(load) [lb] - Mass of the allowable load

Since V(z) is ≤ 13.4 m/s (30 mph), the allowable loads are
Awr(allow) = 0.0059 × m(load) (2.5)
the published rated capacities from the Load Chart and can
be lifted at this condition. If Awr(load) is greater than Awr(allow), then lifting this load at
R

this wind speed V(z) is NOT permitted.

2-10 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Calculation of Projected Wind Area (Ap):

8m
8m

Wind Wind

1m 3m
Ap = 8 m2 Ap = 24 m2

3m 1m

y
25 ft

nl
25 ft

Wind
Wind

O
3 ft 10 ft

Ap = 75 ft2 Ap = 250 ft2

ce
8384-1 10 ft 3 ft

FIGURE 2-2

Determining Wind Drag Coefficient (Cd)

en

Table 2-2 shows the typical Shapes and corresponding Wind

Drag Coefficient (Cd) values.
If the exact Wind Drag Coefficient of a shape is not known,
use the maximum value of the shape’s range
er

(Table 2-2).
If the wind drag coefficient of the load cannot be estimated or
determined, it shall be assumed that (Cd) = 2.4.
ef
R

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-11

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Table 2-2 Wind Drag Coefficient Maximum Permissible Wind Speed

Shape Cd
If the wind resistant area of the load Awr(load) is greater than
the allowable wind resistant area Awr(allow), the ratio can be
used to determine a permissible wind speed V(z) for the load
1.1 to 2.0
using Table 2-3.

0.3 to 0.4

0.6 to 1.0

y
nl
0.8 to 1.2

0.2 to 0.3

O
0.05 to 0.1
Turbine Blade or
ce
Complete Rotor

Approximately 1.6

8384-2
en

Table 2-3 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Non - metric

Note: Permissible and rated wind speeds in this table are the 3-second gust wind speeds at boom tip height.
er

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2

Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity at 30 mph 27.4 25.4 23.7 22.4 21.2
ef

For Allowable Capacity at 45 mph 41.1 38.0 35.6 33.5 31.8

R

2-12 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Rated Load Chart Example - Metric

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

8383-1
FIGURE 2-3

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-13

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Table 2-4 Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 13.4 m/s - Metric

(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
For wind speed V(z) (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) V(z) > 13.4 m/s ≤ 20.1 m/s, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Meters
Wind Speed
V(z) > 13.4 m/s 10.9 12.2 15.2 18.4 21.3 24.4 27.4 30.5 33.5
< 20.1 m/s

y
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).

nl
Maximum allowable wind resistance area, [m2] Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x calculated reduced capacity in kg.
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
For wind resistance Area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance area, Awr(allow) refer to crane

O
Operator Manual.

Table 2-5 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Metric
ce
Note: Permissible and rated wind speeds in this table are the 3-second gust wind speeds at boom tip height.
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (m/s)
en

For Rated Capacity at 13.4 m/s 12.2 11.4 10.6 10.0 9.5
For Allowable Capacity at 20.1 m/s 18.3 17.0 15.9 15.0 14.2

Example and Sample Calculations (metric) Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x m(load) (2.4)

Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 15,050 = 18.06 m2
er

The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable

load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust
speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) ≤ 13.4 m/s at this
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and configuration:
wind resistance area.
ef

• Maximum load 15,050 kg

NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this
• Maximum wind resistance area of load 18.06 m2
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z).
For the allowable wind speed > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s,
R

Example 1: Crane Configuration:
• boom length = 27.4 m,
• load radius = 9 m,
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 20.1 m/s.
From the Rated Load Chart Example - Metric
(Figure 2-3), at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) =
13.4 m/s, the rated lifting c apacity m ( a l l o w ) for th is
configuration is 15,050 kg.
The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is
reduce the allowable load. Per Table 2-4, the Factor for main
boom length of 27.4 m is 0.8, the allowable load is:
m(allow) = 0.8 x 15,050 = 12,040 kg
This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
area of:
Awr(allow) = 0.0012 x 12,040 = 14.45 m2
Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and
≤ 20.1 m/s, at this configuration:
• Maximum load 12,040 kg

• Maximum wind resistance area of load 14.45 m2

2-14 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL
At wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s, it is not permissible to
lift a load greater than 12,040 kg, even if the wind resistance
area of the load is less than 14.45 m2.
Refer to the information from the above crane configuration,
examine several load conditions.
Load example 1.1:
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd, and
• load to be lifted of 11,200 kg,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 9.20 m2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5
wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 9.2 x 1.5 = 13.8 m2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
O
> 13.4 m/s and ≤ to 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind
resistant area to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
11,200 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES
ce
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ?
13.8 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 YES
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 20.1 m/s.
en
Load example 1.2:
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd,
er
• Load to be lifted of 10,000 kg,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 5.45 m2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown
ef
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall
be assumed as 2.4.
• the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
R
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 5.45 x 2.4 = 13.08 m2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at V(z) > 13.4 m/s
and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind resistant area
to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
10,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow) ?
2 m2
13.08 m ≤ 14.45 YES
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 20.1 m/s.
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
Load example 1.3a:
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
• Load to be lifted of 14,000 kg,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 21.85 m2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
Awr(load) = Ap X Cd = 21.85 x 1.2 = 26.22 m2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
speed V(z) > 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load
2
y
to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
nl
14,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed up to 20.1 m/s.
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind
speed V(z) < 3.4 m/s. Comparing the load to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
14,000 kg ≤ 15,050 kg YES
The maximum permissible wind speed for this load is
13.4 m/s, depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
26.22 m2 ≤ 18.06 m2 NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed at 13.4 m/s, but is permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:
Ratio = 1.45
From Table 2-5, the maximum permissible wind speed at
ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
10.6 m/s.
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 10.6 m/s only.
Load example 1.3b:
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load) ,
• Load to be lifted of 8,000 kg,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 15.25 m2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 15.25 x 1.3 = 19.83 m2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
> 13.4 m/s and ≤ 20.1 m/s. Comparing the load and wind
resistant area to the allowable:
2-15
SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?

8,000 kg ≤ 12,040 kg YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
19.83 m2 ≤ 14.45 m2 NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed up to 20.1 m/s, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:

Ratio = 1.37

From Table 2-5, the maximum permissible wind speed at

y
ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is
17.0 m/s.

nl
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 17.0 m/s only.

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

2-16 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

8382-1
FIGURE 2-4

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-17

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Table 2-6 Example-Capacity Reduction Factors for Wind Speed V(z) Greater than 30 mph - Non-metric

(Only for lifting with main boom on fully extended outriggers, with or without stowed extension)
For wind speed Vz (3-second gust speed at boom tip height) is greater > 30> mph ≤ 45 mph, the Reduced Capacity
shall be calculated by multiplying the Published Rated Capacity by the following factors:
Main Boom Length in Feet
Wind Speed
Vz< 30 mph 36 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
< 45 mph
Factor 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.5
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load), shall not exceed maximum allowable wind resistance area Awr(allow).

y
Maximum allowable wind resistance area in [ft2],Awr (allow) = 0.0059 x calculated reduced capacity in lb.

nl
Wind resistance area of load, Awr(load) = projected wind area Ap x wind drag coefficient Cd for the load.
For wind resistance area of load, Awr (load) > maximum allowable wind resistance, Awr (allow), refer to crane Operator
Manual.

O
Table 2-7 Awr Ratio and Permissible Wind Speed V(z) - Non-Metric

Note: Permissible and rated wind speeds in this table are the 3-second gust wind speeds at boom tip height.
ce
1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Ratio:
Maximum Permissible Wind Speed (mph)
For Rated Capacity@ 30 mph 27.4 mph 25.4 mph 23.7 mph 22.4 mph 21.2 mph
en

For Allowable Capacity@ 45 mph 41.1 mph 38.0 mph 35.6 mph 33.5 mph 31.8 mph

Example and Sample Calculations (Non-metric) Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x m(load) (2.5)

The following example illustrates how to calculate allowable Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 25,200 = 149 ft2
load while operating in wind speed (3-second wind gust
er

speed) above 13.4 m/s (30 mph) and maximum permissible Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) < 30 mph at this
wind speeds with various combinations of lifted load and configuration:
wind resistance area. • Maximum load 25,200 lb
ef

NOTE: Permissible and calculated wind speeds in this

• Maximum wind resistance area of load 149 ft2
example are the 3-second wind gust speeds at
boom tip height V(z).
For the allowable wind speed > 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph,
Example 2: reduce the allowable load. Table 2-6, the Factor for a main
R

boom length of 90 ft is 0.8, thus the allowable load is:

A crane is configured with:
• boom length = 90 ft,
• load radius = 40 ft, and
• wind speed is measured at V(z) ≤ 45 mph.
The Rated Load Chart Example - Non-metric (Figure 2-4),
at maximum permissible wind speed, V(z) = 30 mph, the
rated lifting capacity m (allow) for this configuration is
25,200 lb.
m(allow) = 0.8 x 25,200 = 20,160 lb
This reduced capacity load has an allowable wind resistance
area of:
Awr(allow) = 0.0059 x 20,160 = 119 ft2
Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30 mph
and ≤ 45 mph at this configuration:

The maximum allowable wind resistance area of load is: • Maximum load 20,160 lb

• Maximum wind resistance area of load 119 ft2

2-18 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL
Example, wind speeds greater than 13.4 m/s is NOT
permissible to lift a load greater than 20,160 lb, even if the
wind resistance area of the load is less than 119 ft2.
Refer to the above crane configuration for the following load
conditions:
Load example 2.1:
With known Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd,
• load to be lifted of 19,500 lb,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 70 ft2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.5
then the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 70 x 1.5 = 105 ft2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) > 30
mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind resistant
O
area to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
19,500 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
ce
105 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 YES
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 45 mph.
Load example 2.2:
en
With unknown Wind Drag Coefficient of the load Cd,
• Load to be lifted of 18,000 lb,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 45 ft2,
er
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = unknown
NOTE: If exact Wind Drag Coefficient is not known, it shall
be assumed as 2.4.
ef
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 45 x 2.4 = 108 ft2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
R
> 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind
resistant area to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
18,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow)?
2 > 30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load and wind
108 ft ≤ 119 ft2 YES
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 45 mph.
Load example 2.3a:
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
• Load to be lifted of 22,000 lb,
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 180 ft2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.2
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 180 x 1.2 = 216 ft2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) >
30 mph and ≤ 45 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
22,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed up to 45 mph.
2
y
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z) up to
30 mph. Comparing the load to the allowable:
nl
Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
22,000 lb ≤ 25,200 lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YES
The permissible wind speed for this load is 30 mph,
depending on the wind resistance area of the load.
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),?
216 ft2 ≤ 149 ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed at 30 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:
Ratio = 1.45
From Table 2-7, the maximum permissible wind speed at
ratio of 1.45 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.6) is
23.7 mph.
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 23.7 mph only.
Load example 2.3b:
With large wind resistance area of the load Awr(load),
• Load to be lifted of 12,000 lb,
• Projected Wind Area Ap = 125 ft2,
• Wind Drag Coefficient Cd = 1.3
the wind resistance area of load can be estimated as:
Awr(load) = Ap x Cd = 125 x 1.3 = 162 ft2
Refer to the above Lifting Limits at wind speed V(z)
resistant area to the allowable:
• Is the load to be lifted less than allowable load?
12,000 lb ≤ 20,160 lb YES
• Is Awr(load) less than Awr(allow),?
162 ft2 ≤ 119 ft2 NO
2-19
SAFETY INFORMATION
Conclusion: This load is NOT permissible to lift in wind
speed up to 45 mph, but permitted to lift at a reduced wind
speed calculated as follows:
Ratio = 1.37
From Table Table 2-7, the maximum permissible wind speed
at ratio of 1.37 (rounded to next higher table value of 1.4) is
38.0 mph.
Conclusion: This load is permissible to lift in wind speed up
to 38.0 mph only.
Lifting Operations
Before lifting, position the crane on a firm surface, properly
extend and set the outriggers, and level the crane.
Depending on the nature of the supporting surface,
adequate cribbing may be required to obtain a larger bearing
surface.
O
The crane is equipped with a bubble level that should be
used to determine whether the crane is level. The load line
can also be used to estimate the levelness of the crane by
checking to be sure it is in-line with the center of the boom at
ce
all points on the swing circle.
If the jib, or auxiliary boom nose is to be used, ensure the
electrical cable and the weight for the Anti-Two-Block Switch
are properly installed and the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL)
en
is programmed for the crane configuration. Refer to the RCL
operator manual supplied with the crane.
Verify the crane’s capacity by checking the Load Chart
against the weight of the load. Then, lift the load slightly at
first to ensure stability before proceeding with the lift.
er
Be sure the load is properly rigged and attached. Always
determine the weight of the load before you attempt to lift it
and remember that all rigging (slings, etc.) and lifting devices
(hook block, jib, etc.) must be considered part of the load.
ef
Measure the load radius before making a lift and stay within
approved lifting areas based on the range diagrams and
working area diagrams on the crane’s Load Chart.
R
Always keep the load as near to the crane and as close to
the ground as possible.
Do not overload the crane by exceeding the capacities
shown on the appropriate Load Chart. Death or serious
injury could result from the crane tipping over or failing
structurally from overload.
The crane can tip over or fail structurally if:
• The load and crane’s configuration is not within the
capacity as shown on the applicable Load Chart and
notes.
• The ground is soft and/or the surface conditions are
poor.
2-20 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
• Outriggers are not properly extended and set. On
models equipped with outriggers that can be pinned at
the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also be
pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
• Cribbing under the outrigger pads is inadequate.
• The crane is improperly operated.
Do not rely on the crane’s tipping to determine your lifting
capacity.
Be sure the hoist line is vertical before lifting. Do not subject
the crane to side loading. A side load can tip the crane or
cause it to fail structurally.
y
Load Chart capacities are based on freely suspended loads.
Do not pull posts, pilings, or submerged articles. Be sure the
nl
load is not frozen or otherwise attached to the ground before
lifting.
If you should encounter a tipping condition, immediately
lower the load with the hoist line and retract or elevate the
boom to decrease the load radius. Never lower or extend the
boom; this will aggravate the condition.
Use tag lines whenever possible to help control the
movement of the load.
When lifting loads, the crane will lean toward the boom and
the load will swing out, increasing the load radius. Ensure the
crane’s capacity is not exceeded when this occurs.
Do not strike any obstruction with the boom. If the boom
should accidentally contact an object, stop immediately.
Inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
boom is damaged.
Never push or pull with the crane boom.
Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
or cause it to fail structurally.
Using only one hoist at a time when lifting loads is
recommended. See “Tilt-Up Panel Lifting” on page 2-21 for
additional lifting instructions.
Always use enough parts-of-line to accommodate the load to
be lifted. Lifting with too few parts-of-line can result in failure
of the hoist rope.
Counterweight
On cranes equipped with removable counterweights, ensure
the appropriate counterweight sections are properly installed
for the lift being considered.
Do not add material to the counterweight to increase
capacity. United States Federal law prohibits modification or
additions which affect the capacity or safe operation of the
equipment without the manufacturer’s written approval.
[29CFR 1926.1434]
OPERATOR MANUAL
Outrigger Lift Off
Regarding “lifting” of an outrigger pad during craning
activities, be advised that the rated loads for these cranes,
as indicated on the crane’s Load Chart, do not exceed 85%
of the tipping load on outriggers as determined by SAE J765
OCT90 “Cranes Stability Test Code.” An outrigger pad may
lift off the ground during operation of the crane within the
capacity limits of the Load Chart, yet the crane will not have
reached instability. The “balance point” for stability testing
according to SAE and Manitowoc criteria is a condition of
loading wherein the load moment acting to overturn the
crane is equal to the maximum moment of the crane
available to resist overturning. This balance point or point of
instability for a crane does not depend on “lifting” of an
outrigger but rather on comparison of the “opposing” load
moments.
The occurrence of an outrigger lifting from the ground is often
attributed to the natural flex in the crane’s frame. This may
O
happen when lifting a load in certain configurations within the
capacity limits of the Load Chart and is not necessarily an
indication of an unstable condition.
Provided the crane is properly set up, the crane is in good
ce
working condition, that all operator’s aids are properly
programmed, that the qualified crane operator adheres to
the instructions found in the applicable Load Chart, Operator
Manual and decals on the crane, the crane should not be
unstable.
en
Multiple Crane Lifts
Multiple crane lifts are not recommended.
Any lift that requires more than one crane must be precisely
er
planned and coordinated by a designated person. If it is
necessary to perform a multi-crane lift, the operator shall be
responsible for assuring that the following minimum safety
precautions are taken:
ef
• Secure the services of a designated person to direct the
operation.
• Use one qualified signal person.
R
• Coordinate lifting plans with the operators, designated
person, and signal person prior to beginning the lift.
• Maintain communication between all parties throughout
the entire operation. If possible, provide approved radio
equipment for voice communication between all parties
engaged in the lift.
• Use outriggers on cranes so equipped.
• Calculate the amount of weight to be lifted by each crane
and attach slings at the correct points for proper weight
distribution.
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
• Ensure the load lines are directly over the attach points
to avoid side loading and transfer of loading from one
crane to the other.
• Do not travel. Lift only from a stationary position.
Tilt-Up Panel Lifting
Requirements and recommendations regarding operation
and use of Grove Cranes are stated on decals and in the
Operator and Safety Handbook and other manuals provided
with each specific model machine. Using the subject crane to
perform tilt-up panel lifting with two hoist lines poses new and
different hazards than does normal lifting use.
2
y
Therefore, the following additional precautions must be
taken if it is necessary for the crane to be used to perform tilt-
nl
up panel lifting using a crane equipped with two hoists:
• The crane must be set up and operated in accordance
with Grove’s instructions in the Operator and Safety
Handbook, Load Capacity Chart, and decals affixed to
the crane.
• The wire rope from the main hoist shall be reeved over
the main boom nose reeved for two parts of line.
• The wire rope from the auxiliary hoist shall be reeved
over the auxiliary boom nose reeved for one part of line.
• The load shall be connected with the main hoist line
connected to the end closest to crane and the auxiliary
hoist line connected to the end farthest from the crane.
• The anti-two block system shall be installed and
inspected to confirm that it is active to monitor both hoist
lines.
• The RCL hoist selection shall be set to main hoist and
two parts offline.
• The wire rope and sheaves shall be inspected prior to
and following the lifting operations for chaffing or
scrubbing.
• The total gross load shall not exceed 80% of the
standard load chart. The operator shall be responsible to
control this as the RCL does not have a feature to set
reduced lifting limits.
• The auxiliary hoist line shall be considered part of the
deducts to determine net allowable load.
• The panel shall be lifted so that the hoist lines are in line
with the crane.
• The load shall be controlled to prevent rotation of the
load and to ensure the load stays in line with the boom.
• The load must be balanced with the auxiliary: load line
not taking more than half the load at any time during the
lift. The RCL will not be providing coverage for the line
pull of the auxiliary hoist line.
2-21
SAFETY INFORMATION
• The effect of wind loads on the crane and panel shall be
taken into consideration. Operations shall be halted if
the wind can cause a loss of control in handling the load.
• The main hoist line shall be used to raise the panel into
the vertical position.
Ensure that all personnel working on and around the crane
are properly trained and thoroughly familiar with operational
functions of the crane and safe operating and work practices.
Personnel should be thoroughly familiar with regulations and
standards governing cranes and their operation. Work
practices may vary slightly between government regulations,
industry standards, local and job-site rules and employer
policies so a thorough knowledge of and compliance with all
relevant work rules is necessary.
PILE DRIVING AND EXTRACTING
Pile driving and extracting are applications approved by
O
Manitowoc, provided all equipment is operated within factory
guidelines. The following operating requirements must be
used during pile driving and extracting with a Manitowoc
mobile hydraulic crane:
Pile driving and pile extraction using a mobile crane
ce
introduces many variable and unknown factors that must be
considered when using a crane for this application. Because
of these factors, discretion must be exercised when pile
driving or pile extraction is being considered.
en
It is not the intention of Manitowoc to recommend specific
types or makes of pile driving and pile extraction equipment,
but rather to advise of the operational requirements to help
avoid the detrimental effects that pile driving and pile
extraction can have on the crane.
er
In addition to the operating requirements that are detailed in
the operating manuals and on the load capacity chart, pile
drivin g and ex tracting operations are approve d by
Manitowoc, provided all guidelines outlined below are
ef
followed:
• All pile driving and extracting operations shall be
restricted to fully extended outriggers with all tires clear
R
of the ground.
• The combined weight of the driver or extractor, piling,
leads, attachments, etc., shall not exceed 80% of the
published load chart values for on-outriggers operation.
• The pile driver or pile extractor and attachments shall be
kept clear of the boom nose at all times.
• The pile driver and piling shall be suspended from a
hoist cable with sufficient line speed to meet or exceed
the rate of descent of the driver and piling to preclude
impact loading or vibration from being induced into the
boom and crane structure.
• Pile driving or extracting shall be restricted to over the
main boom only and shall not be permitted over a jib.
2-22 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
• Pile extraction using only the crane’s hoist line is unsafe
and not pe rmitt ed s inc e load values ca nnot be
accurately determined. Only pile extraction devices that
do not transmit vibration or shock loading into the crane
are permitted. All possible precautionary measures shall
be taken to prevent shock loads or vibration from being
imposed on crane components, either directly through
the hoist cable or indirectly from ground borne vibration.
• The load lines shall be kept vertical at all times during
pile driving and pile extraction operations.
• The operator and other personnel associated with the
pile driving and pile extraction operation shall have read
y
and understood all safety standards applicable to crane
operations as well as being thoroughly trained in the
nl
safe operation of pile driving and extracting equipment.
Crane Equipment
• Hoists shall be equipped with a cable follower to aid in
proper spooling of cable.
• All cable retainer pins and cable guides/retainers shall
be in place.
• All jibs must be removed from the machine before pile
driving or extraction begins.
• All hoist hooks shall be equipped with a positive locking
latch.
Crane Inspection
• In addition to the crane's frequent and periodic
inspections, dated daily records shall be maintained
showing inspections were performed on the crane
during the time it was used for pile driving or extraction.
• All anti-two block warning devices and RCL systems
shall be inspected daily and verified to be functional.
• All areas of the crane subject to fatigue shall be
inspected monthly, and before the crane is to return to
lifting service.
• The boom shall be inspected daily to ensure all wear
pads remain in place. Cranes which utilize pinned boom
sections shall be inspected daily to ensure the pinning
mechanism operates properly and to check for undue
wear at the pins and pinning plates. The hoist cable shall
be inspected daily to ensure no chafing or wear is
occurring.
OPERATOR MANUAL
ELECTROCUTION HAZARD
Thoroughly read, understand, and abide by all applicable
federal, state, and local regulations regarding operation of
cranes near electric power lines or equipment.
United States federal law prohibits the use of
cranes closer than 6 m (20 ft) to power sources
up to 350 kV and greater distances for higher
voltages unless the line’s voltage is known
[29CFR1910.180 and 29CFR1926, subpart CC].
To avoid death or serious injury, Manitowoc rec-
ommends that all parts of crane, boom, and
load be kept at least 6 m (20 ft) away from all
electrical power lines and equipment less than
350 kV.
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
Crane operation is dangerous when close to an energized
electrical power source. Exercise extreme caution and
prudent judgement. Operate slowly and cautiously when in
the vicinity of power lines.
Before operating this crane in the vicinity of electrical power
lines or equipment, notify the power utility company. Obtain
positive and absolute assurance that the power has been
turned off.
This crane is not insulated. Always consider all parts of the
load and the crane, including the hoist rope, wire rope,
pendant cables, and tag lines, as conductors. You, the
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
DANGER
Electrocution Hazard!
Manitowoc cranes are not equipped with all features
required to operate within OSHA 29CFR1926.1408,
Power Line Safety, Table A clearances when the power
lines are energized.
If operation within 3 m (10 ft) of any power lines cannot be
avoided, the power utility must be notified and the power
2
y
l i n e s m us t b e d e - e n e r g i z e d a n d g r o u n d e d b ef o re
performing any work.
nl
If contact is ever accidentally made with a power line and any
part of this crane, its rigging or load, never touch the crane or
even approach or come near the crane.
Electrocution can occur even without direct contact with the
crane.
operator, are responsible for alerting all personnel of
dangers associated with electrical power lines and
equipment. Do not allow unnecessary personnel in the
vicinity of the crane while operating. Permit no one to lean
against or touch the crane. Permit no one, including riggers
and load handlers, to hold the load, load lines, tag lines, or
rigging gear.
If the load, hoist rope, boom, or any portion of the crane
contacts or comes too close to an electrical power source,
everyone in, on, and around the crane can be seriously
injured or killed.
2-23
SAFETY INFORMATION
Most overhead power lines are not insulated. Treat all
overhead power lines as being energized unless you have
reliable information to the contrary from the utility company
or owner.
The rules in this Operator Manual must be followed at all
times, even if the electrical power lines or equipment have
been de-energized.
The safest way to avoid electrocution is to stay away from
electrical power lines and electrical power sources.
It is not always necessary to contact a power line or power
source to become electrocuted. Electricity, depending on
magnitude, can arc or jump to any part of the load, load line,
or crane boom if it comes too close to an electrical power
source. Low voltages can also be dangerous.
Set-Up and Operation
During crane use, assume that every line is energized (“hot”
O
or “live”) and take the necessary precautions.
Set up the crane in a position such that the load, boom, or
any part of the crane and its attachments cannot be moved to
within 6 m (20 ft) of electrical power lines or equipment. This
ce
includes the crane boom (fully extended to maximum height,
radius, and length) and all attachments (jibs, rigging, loads,
etc.). Overhead lines tend to blow in the wind so allow for
lines’ movement when determining safe operating distance.
A suitable barricade should be erected to physically restrain
en
the crane and all attachments (including the load) from
entering into an unsafe distance from electrical power lines
or equipment.
Plan ahead and always plan a safe route before traveling
er
under power lines. Rider poles should be erected on each
side of a crossing to assure sufficient clearance is
maintained.
ef
R
FIGURE 2-5
United States OSHA regulations require a flagman when
operating in close proximity to energized power lines.
2-24 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
Appoint a reliable and qualified signal person, equipped with
a loud signal whistle or horn and voice communication
equipment, to warn the operator when any part of the crane
or load moves near a power source. This person should
have no other duties while the crane is working.
Tag lines should always be made of non-conductive
materials. Any tag line that is wet or dirty can conduct
electricity.
Do not store materials under power lines or close to
electrical power sources.
Electrocution Hazard Devices
y
The use of insulated links, insulated boom cages/guards,
proximity warning devices, or mechanical limit stops does
nl
not assure that electrical contact will not occur. Even if codes
or regulations require the use of such devices, failure to
follow the rules listed here may result in serious injury or
death. You should be aware that such devices have
limitations and you should follow the rules and precautions
outlined in this manual at all times even if the crane is
equipped with these devices.
Insulating links installed into the load line afford limited
protection from electrocution hazards. Links are limited in
their lifting abilities, insulating properties, and other
properties that affect their performance. Moisture, dust, dirt,
oils, and other contaminants can cause a link to conduct
electricity. Due to their capacity ratings, some links are not
effective for large cranes and/or high voltages/currents.
The only protection that may be afforded by an insulated link
is below the link (electrically downstream), provided the link
has been kept clean, free of contamination, has not been
scratched or damaged, and is periodically tested (just before
use) for its dielectric integrity.
Boom cages and boom guards afford limited protection from
electrocution hazards. They are designed to cover only the
boom nose and a small portion of the boom. Performance of
boom cages and boom guards is limited by their physical
size, insulating characteristics, and operating environment
(e.g. dust, dirt, moisture, etc.). The insulating characteristics
of these devices can be compromised if not kept clean, free
of contamination, and undamaged.
Proximity sensing and warning devices are available in
different types. Some use boom nose (localized) sensors
and others use full boom length sensors. No warning may be
given for components, cables, loads, and other attachments
located outside of the sensing area. Much reliance is placed
upon you, the operator, in selecting and properly setting the
sensitivity of these devices.
Never rely solely on a device to protect you and your fellow
workers from danger.
Some variables you must know and understand are:
OPERATOR MANUAL
• Proximity devices are advertised to detect the existence
of electricity and not its quantity or magnitude.
• Some proximity devices may detect only alternating
current (AC) and not direct current (DC).
• Some proximity devices detect radio frequency (RF)
energy and others do not.
• Most proximity devices simply provide a signal (audible,
visual, or both) for the operator; this signal must not be
ignored.
• Sometimes the sensing portion of the proximity devices
becomes confused by complex or differing arrays of
power lines and power sources.
Do not depend on grounding. Grounding of a crane affords
little or no p rotec tion f rom elect ric al h aza rds. The
effectiveness of grounding is limited by the size of the
conductor (wire) used, the condition of the ground, the
magnitude of the voltage and current present, and numerous
O
other factors.
Electrical Contact
If the crane should come in contact with an energized power
ce
source, you must:
1. Stay in the crane cab. Don’t panic.
2. Immediately warn personnel in the vicinity to stay away.
en
3. Attempt to move the crane away from the contacted
power source using the crane’s controls which may have
remained functional.
4. Stay in the crane until the power company has been
contacted and the power source has been de-energized.
er
No one must attempt to come close to the crane or load
until the power has been turned off.
Only as a last resort should an operator attempt to leave the
ef
crane upon contacting a power source. If it is absolutely
necessary to leave the operator’s station, jump completely
clear of the crane. Do not step off. Hop away with both feet
together. Do not walk or run.
R
Following any contact with an energized electrical source,
the Manitowoc distributor must be immediately advised of
the incident and consulted on necessary inspections and
repairs. Thoroughly inspect the hoist rope and all points of
contact on the crane. Should the dealer not be immediately
available, contact Manitowoc Crane Care. The crane must
not be returned to service until it is thoroughly inspected for
any evidence of damage and all damaged parts are repaired
or replaced as authorized by your Manitowoc distributor or
Manitowoc Crane Care.
Special Operating Conditions and
Equipment
Never operate the crane during an electrical thunderstorm.
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
When operating near transmitter/communication towers
where an electrical charge can be induced into the crane or
load:
• The transmitter shall be deenergized OR,
• Tests shall be made to determine if an electrical charge
will be induced into the crane or load.
• The crane must be provided an electrical ground.
• If taglines are used, they must be non-conductive.
• Every precaution must be taken to dissipate induced
voltages. Consult a qualified RF (radio frequency)
2
y
Consultant. Also refer to local, state, and federal codes
and regulations.
nl
When operating cranes equipped with electromagnets, you
must take additional precautions. Permit no one to touch the
magnet or load. Alert personnel by sounding a warning
signal when moving a load. Do not allow the cover of the
electromagnet power supply to be open during operation or
at any time the electrical system is activated. Shut down the
crane completely and open the magnet controls switch prior
to connecting or disconnecting magnet leads. Use only a
non-conductive device when positioning a load. Lower the
magnet to the stowing area and shut off power before
leaving the operator’s cab (if equipped) or operator’s station.
PERSONNEL HANDLING
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers issued a
new American National Standard entitled, Personnel Lifting
Systems, ASME B30.23-2011:
This Volume establishes the design criteria, equip-
ment characteristics, and operational procedures
that are required when hoisting equipment within
the scope of the ASME B30 Standard is used to lift
personnel. Hoisting equipment defined by the
ASME B30 Standard is intended for material han-
dling. It is not designed, manufactured, or intended
to meet the standards for personnel handling equip-
ment, such as ANSI/SIA A92 (Aerial Platforms).
The equipment and implementation requirements
listed in this Volume are not the same as that estab-
lished for using equipment specifically designed
and manufactured for lifting personnel. Hoisting
equipment complying with the applicable Volumes
of the ASME B30 Standard shall not be used to lift
or lower personnel unless there are no less hazard-
ous alternatives to providing access to the, area
where work is to be performed. The lifting or lower-
ing of personnel using ASME B30-compliant hoist-
ing equipment is prohibited unless all applicable
requirements of this volume have been met.
This new standard is consistent with the U.S. Department of
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(O SHA) re gu lat io n s fo r Con st ru c tion th at stat e, in
29CFR1926.1431:
General requirements. The use of a crane or der-
rick to hoist employees on a personnel platform is
prohibited, except when the erection, use, and dis-
2-25
SAFETY INFORMATION
mantling of conventional means of reaching the
worksite, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stair-
way, aerial lift, elevating work platform or scaffold,
would be more hazardous or is not possible
because of structural design or worksite conditions.
Additional requirements for crane operations are stated in
ASME B30.5, Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, ASME B30.8,
Floating Cranes and Floating Derricks, and in OSHA
regulations 29CFR1910.180 for General Industry and
29CFR1926.1431 for Construction.
Use of a Manitowoc crane to handle personnel is acceptable
provided:
• The requirements of the applicable national, state and
local regulations and safety codes are met.
• A determination has been made that use of a crane to
handle personnel is the least hazardous means to
perform the work.
O
• The crane operator shall be qualified to operate the
specific type of hoisting equipment used in the
personnel lift.
• The crane operator must remain at the crane controls at
all times when personnel are off the ground.
ce
• The crane operator and occupants have been instructed
in the recognized hazards of personnel platform lifts.
• The crane is in proper working order.
en
• The crane must be equipped with a boom angle
indicator that is visible to the crane operator.
• The crane's Load Chart is affixed at the operator’s
station and readily accessible to the operator. The total
weight of the loaded personnel platform and related
er
rigging shall not exceed 50 percent of the rated capacity
for the radius and configuration of the crane.
• The crane is level within one percent of level grade and
ef
located on a firm footing. Cranes with outriggers shall
have them all deployed following manufacturer's
specifications.
• The crane's Operator Manual and other operating
R
manuals are at the operator ’s station and readily
accessible to the operator.
• The platform meets the requirements as prescribed by
applicable standards and regulations.
• For hoist rope suspended platforms:
- The crane is equipped with a hook that can be
closed and locked, eliminating the throat opening.
- The crane is equipped with a functional anti-two-
block device.
- The platform is properly attached and secured to the
load hook.
2-26 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
• For boom mounted platforms:
- The platform is properly attached and secure.
To avoid death or serious injury:
• NEVER use this crane for bungee jumping or any form
of amusement or sport.
• NEVER handle personnel on the loadline unless the
requirements of applicable national, state and local
regulations and safety codes are met.
• NEVER permit anyone to ride loads, hooks, slings or
other rigging for any reason.
y
• NEVER get on or off a moving crane.
• NEVER allow anyone other than the operator to be on
nl
this crane while the machine is operating or traveling.
• NEVER allow anyone on the hoist access platform while
traveling.
The following standards and regulations regarding personnel
handling are available by mail at the following addresses:
• ASME (formerly ANSI) B30 Series American National
Safety Standards For Cableways, Cranes, Derricks,
Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings; ASME B30.5, Mobile
And Locomotive Cranes, and ASME B30.23, Personnel
Lifting Systems, are available by mail from the ASME, 22
Law Drive, Fairfield, New Jersey, 0700-2900
• US DOL/OSHA Rules and Regulations are available by
mail from the Superintendent of Documents, PO Box
371954, Pittsburgh, PA, 15250-7954.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste
can threaten the environment.
Potentially harmful waste used in Manitowoc cranes includes
— but is not limited to — oil, fuel, grease, coolant, air
conditioning refrigerant, filters, batteries, and cloths which
have come into contact with these environmentally harmful
substances.
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and
federal environmental regulations.
When filling and draining crane components, observe the
following:
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any
drain, or into any source of water.
• Always drain waste fluids into leak proof containers that
are clearly marked with what they contain.
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or a filling pump.
• Immediately clean up any spills.
OPERATOR MANUAL
MAINTENANCE
The crane must be inspected prior to use on each work shift.
The owner, user, and operator must ensure that routine
maintenance and lubrication are being dutifully performed.
Never operate a damaged or poorly maintained crane.
Manitowoc continues to recommend that cranes be properly
maintained, regularly inspected and repaired as necessary.
Manitowoc reminds crane owners to ensure that all safety
decals are in place and legible. Manitowoc continues to urge
crane owners to upgrade their cranes with rated capacity
limiter and control lever lockout systems for all lifting
operations.
Shut down the crane while making repairs or adjustments.
Always perform a function check after repairs have been
made to ensure proper operation. Load tests should be
performed when structural or lifting members are involved.
O
Follow all applicable safety precautions in this manual when
performing crane maintenance as well as crane operations.
Keep the crane free of mud, dirt, and grease at all times.
Dirty equipment introduces hazards, wears-out faster, and
ce
makes proper maintenance difficult. Cleaning solutions used
should be non-flammable, non-toxic and appropriate for the
job.
Routine maintenance and inspection of this crane must be
performed by a qualified person(s) according to the
en
recommendations in the Manitowoc Crane Care
Maintenance and Inspection Manual. Any questions
regarding procedures and specifications should be directed
to your Manitowoc distributor.
er
Service and Repairs
ef
WARNING
Fall Hazard!
Working at elevated heights without using proper fall
R
protection can result in severe injury or death.
Always use proper fall protection as required by local,
state or federal regulations.
Service and repairs to the crane must only be performed by a
qualified person. All service and repairs must be performed
in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, this
manual, and the service manual for this machine. If there is
any question regarding maintenance procedures or
specifications, contact your Manitowoc distributor for
assistance.
Qualified person is defined as one who by reason of
knowledge, training and experience is thoroughly familiar
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
with the crane’s operation and required maintenance as well
as the hazards involved in performing these tasks.
Training and qualification of maintenance and repair
personnel are crane owner’s responsibility.
Any modification, alteration, or change to a crane which
affects its original design and is not authorized and approved
by Manitowoc is strictly prohibited. All replacement parts
must be Manitowoc approved. Such action invalidates all
warranties and makes the owner/user liable for any resultant
accidents.
Hydraulic Fluid:
2
y
• Do not use your hand or any part of your body to check
for hydraulic fluid leaks when the engine is running or
nl
the hydraulic system is under pressure. Fluid in the
hydraulic system can be under enough pressure that it
will penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or death.
Use a piece of cardboard, or piece of paper, to search
for leaks. Wear gloves to protect your hands from
spraying fluid.
• If any hydraulic fluid is injected into the skin, obtain
medical attention immediately or gangrene may result.
• Do not attempt to repair or tighten any hydraulic hose or
fitting while the engine is running, or when the hydraulic
system is under pressure.
• Never disconnect any hydraulic lines unless the boom is
fully lowered, the engine is shut off, and the hydraulic
pressure is relieved. To relieve hydraulic pressure, stop
the engine, turn the ignition switch to RUN and move the
hydraulic controls in both directions several times.
WARNING
Pressurized Fluid Hazard!
Hydraulic pressure may still be present in portions of the
hydraulic system due to accumulators or trapped circuitry.
• Hot hydraulic fluid will cause severe burns. Wait for the
fluid to cool before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.
• Hydraulic fluid can cause permanent eye injury. Wear
appropriate eye protection.
Moving Parts:
• Do not place limbs near moving parts. Amputation of a
body part may result. Turn off the engine and wait until
the fan and belts stop moving before servicing crane.
• Pinch points, which result from relative motion between
mechanical parts, are areas of the machine that can
cause personal injury or death. Do not place limbs or
your body in contact with pinch points either on or
around the machine. Care must be taken to prevent
2-27
SAFETY INFORMATION
m o t i o n b e t w e e n p i n c h p o i n ts w h e n p e r f o r m i n g
maintenance and to avoid such areas when movement
is possible.
• Do not allow persons to stand near extending or
lowering outriggers. Foot crushing could occur
Before performing any maintenance, service or repairs on
the crane:
• The boom should be fully retracted and lowered and the
load placed on the ground.
• Do not get under a raised boom unless the boom is
blocked up safely. Always block up the boom before
doing any servicing that requires the boom to be raised.
• Stop the engine and disconnect the battery.
• Controls should be properly tagged. Never operate the
crane if it is tagged-out nor attempt to do so until it is
restored to proper operating condition and all tags have
been removed by the person(s) who installed them.
After maintenance or repairs:
• Replace all guards and covers that have been removed.
ce
• Remove all tags, connect the battery, and perform a
function check of all operating controls.
• Consult with Manitowoc Crane Care to determine if load
testing is required after a structural repair is performed.
en
Lubrication
The crane must be lubricated according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations for lubrication points, time
intervals, and types. Lubricate at more frequent intervals
er
when working under severe conditions.
Exercise care when servicing the hydraulic system of the
crane, as pressurized hydraulic oil can cause serious injury.
The following precautions must be taken when servicing the
ef
hydraulic system:
• Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations when
adding oil to the system. Mixing the wrong fluids could
R
destroy seals, causing component failure.
• Be certain all lines, components, and fittings are tight
before resuming operation.
2-28 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
Tires
WARNING
Possible equipment damage and/or
personal injury!
Driving the crane with a tire and split-rim assembly under
inflated at 80% or less of its recommended pressure can
cause the wheel and/or tire to fail. Per OSHA Standard
1910.177(f)(2), when a tire has been driven under inflated
at 80% or less of its recommended pressure, it must first
y
b e c o m pl e t e l y d e f l at e d , r e m o v e d f r o m th e a xl e ,
disassembled, and inspected before re-inflation.
nl
Inspect the tires for nicks, cuts, embedded material, and
abnormal wear.
O
Ensure all lug nuts are properly torqued.
Ensure pneumatic tires are inflated to the proper pressure
(refer to the Load Chart). When inflating tires, use a tire
gauge, clip-on inflator, and extension hose which will permit
standing clear of the tire while inflating.
HOIST ROPE
Use only the hoist rope specified by Manitowoc as indicated
on the crane’s Capacity Chart. Substitution of an alternate
hoist rope may require the use of a different permissible line
pull and, therefore, require different reeving.
NOTE: Hoist rope may be purchased by contacting
Manitowoc Crane Care.
Wire Rope
Always make daily inspections of the wire rope, keeping in
mind that all wire rope will eventually deteriorate to a point
where it is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or
damaged wire rope. Wire rope shall be taken out of service
when any of the following conditions exist:
• For rotation-resistant running ropes: more than two (2)
broken wires in a length of rope equal to six (6) times the
rope diameter, or more than four (4) broken wires in a
length of rope equal to thirty (30) times the rope
diameter.
• For running ropes other than rotation resistant: six (6)
broken wires in one rope lay or three (3) broken wires in
one strand.
• One valley break where the wire fractures between
strands in a running rope is cause for removal.
• Abrasion of the rope resulting in a 5% reduction in the
original wire diameter.
OPERATOR MANUAL
• Any kinking, bird caging, crushing, corrosion, or other
damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure.
• Rope that has been in contact with a live power line or
has been used as a ground in an electric circuit (eg.
welding) may have wires that are fused or annealed and
must be removed from service.
• In standing ropes, more than three (3) breaks in one
rope lay in sections beyond the end connection or more
than two (2) broken wires at an end connection.
• Core deterioration, usually observed as a rapid
reduction in rope diameter, is cause for immediate
removal of the rope.
The following is a brief outline of the basic information
required to safely use wire rope.
• Wire ropes wear out. The strength of a wire rope begins
to decrease when the rope is put to use and continues to
decrease with each use. Wire rope will fail if worn-out,
O
overloaded, misused, damaged or improperly
maintained.
• The nominal strength, sometimes called catalog
strength, of a wire rope applies only to a new, unused
ce
rope.
• The nominal strength of a wire rope should be
considered the straight line pull which will actually break
a new unused rope. The nominal strength of a wire rope
en
should never be used as its working load.
• Each type of fitting attached to a wire rope has a specific
efficiency rating which can reduce the working load of
the wire rope assembly or rope system.
er
• Never overload a wire rope. This means never use the
wire rope where the load applied to it is greater than the
working load determined by the rope manufacturer.
• Never “shock load” a wire rope. A sudden application of
ef
force or load can cause both visible external and internal
damage. There is no practical way to estimate the force
applied by shock loading a rope. The sudden release of
a load can also damage a wire rope.
R
• Lubricant is applied to the wires and strands of a wire
rope when it is manufactured. The lubricant is depleted
when the rope is in service and should be replaced
periodically. Refer to the Service Manual for more
information.
• In the U.S.A., regular inspections of the wire rope and
keeping of permanent records signed by a qualified
person are required by OSHA for almost every wire rope
application. The purpose of the inspection is to
determine whether or not a wire rope may continue to be
safely used on the application. Inspection criteria,
including number and location of broken wires, wear and
elongation, have been established by OSHA, ANSI,
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
ASME and similar organizations. See the Service
Manual for inspection procedures.
When inspecting ropes and attachments, keep all parts
of your body and clothing away from rotating hoist drums
and all rotating sheaves. Never handle the rope with
bare hands.
Some conditions that lead to problems in wire rope
systems include:
- Sheaves that are too small, worn or corrugated
cause damage to a wire rope.
- Broken wires mean a loss in strength.
2
y
- Kinks permanently damage a wire rope and must be
avoided.
nl
- Wire ropes are damaged by knots. Wire rope with
knots must never be used.
- Environmental factors such as corrosive conditions
and heat can damage a wire rope.
- Lack of lubrication can significantly shorten the
useful life of a wire rope.
- Contact with electrical wires and resulting arcing will
damage a wire rope.
• An inspection should include verification that none of the
specified removal criteria for this usage are met by
checking for such things as:
- Surface wear; nominal and unusual.
- Broken wires; number and location.
- Reduction in diameter.
- Rope stretch (elongation).
- Integrity of end attachments.
- Evidence of abuse or contact with another object.
- Heat damage.
- Corrosion.
NOTE: A more detailed wire rope inspection procedure is
given in the Service Manual.
• When a wire rope has been removed from service
because it is no longer suitable for use, it must not be
reused on another application.
When installing a new rope:
• Keep all parts of your body and clothing away from
rotating hoist drums and all rotating sheaves.
• Never handle the wire rope with bare hands.
• Follow proper instructions for removing rope from a reel.
• Apply back tension to the storage/payoff reel of the new
rope to insure tight, even spooling onto the hoist drum.
2-29
SAFETY INFORMATION
• Operate the new rope - first through several cycles at
light load and then through several cycles at
intermediate load to allow the rope to adjust to operating
conditions.
When using a wedge socket:
• Always inspect socket, wedge, and pin for correct size
and condition.
• Do not use parts that are damaged, cracked, or
modified.
• Assemble the wedge socket with live end of rope aligned
with the centerline of pin and assure proper length of tail
(dead end) protrudes beyond the socket.
Synthetic Hoist Rope
For detailed information concerning synthetic hoist rope,
refer to KZ100 Synthetic Crane Hoist Line Manual P/N
9828100734 available by contacting Manitowoc Crane Care.
O
During installation and setup, care must be taken to avoid
overlap and crossing of wire rope and synthetic hoist ropes.
Always make daily inspections of the hoist rope, keeping in
ce
mind that all hoist rope will eventually deteriorate to a point
where it is no longer usable. Refuse to work with worn or
damaged hoist rope.
During regular inspections, operator shall ensure that crane
surfaces such as wear pads, sheaves, etc have not been
en
damaged in a manner that can then damage the synthetic
hoist rope.
NOTE: Example; if usage of a wire rope has cut grooves
with sharp edges in a wear pad, they need to be
er
addressed before the synthetic hoist rope is used
in that same position.
Sheaves
ef
R
FIGURE 2-6
Inspect the boom nose and hook block sheaves for proper
operation, excessive wear, and damage every 50 hours or
weekly. Inoperable, damaged and/or worn sheaves cause
rapid deterioration of rope.
2-30 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
Ensure sheaves carrying ropes that can be momentarily
unloaded are equipped with close fitting guards or other
devices to guide the rope back into the groove when the load
is reapplied. Ensure sheaves in the lower load block are
equipped with close fitting guards that will prevent the ropes
from becoming fouled when the block is lying on the ground
with loose ropes.
To attain maximum hoist rope life and minimize hook block
rotation, it is recommended that even numbers of parts-of-
line be used in multiple-part reeving whenever possible.
The use of nylon (polyamide) sheaves, as compared with
metallic sheaves, may change the replacement criteria of
y
rotation-resistant hoist rope.
NOTE: The use of cast nylon (polyamide) sheaves will
nl
substantially increase the service life of rope.
However, conventional rope retirement criteria
based only upon visible wire breaks may prove
inadequate in predicting rope failure. The user of
cast nylon sheaves is therefore cautioned that a
retirement criteria should be established based
upon the user’s experience and the demands of his
application.
Batteries
Battery electrolyte must not be allowed to contact the skin or
eyes. If this occurs, flush the contacted area with water and
consult a doctor immediately.
When checking and maintaining batteries, exercise the
following procedures and precautions:
• Wear safety glasses when servicing batteries.
• If equipped, disconnect battery with the battery
disconnect switch before disconnecting the ground
battery cable. For cranes with a Cummins engine using
an engine ECM:
a. Ensure that the key switch has been off for 2
minutes.
b. Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF
position.
c. Remove the ECM power fuse.
d. Remove negative battery cables.
• Do not break a live circuit at the battery terminal.
Disconnect the ground battery cable first when removing
a battery and connect it last when installing a battery.
• Do not short across the battery posts to check charge.
Short circuit, spark, or flame could cause battery
explosion.
• If applicable, maintain battery electrolyte at the proper
level. Check the electrolyte with a flashlight.
OPERATOR MANUAL
• If applicable to your crane, check battery test indicator
on maintenance-free batteries.
• Check battery condition only with proper test equipment.
Batteries shall not be charged except in an open, well-
ventilated area that is free of flame, smoking, sparks,
and fire.
Engine
Fuel the crane only with the engine turned off. Do not smoke
while fueling the crane. Do not store flammable materials on
the crane.
Be familiar with the location and use of the nearest fire
extinguisher.
Be careful when checking the engine coolant level. The fluid
may be hot and under pressure. Shut down the engine and
allow the radiator time to cool before removing the radiator
cap.
O
Shut down the engine and disconnect the battery before
performing maintenance. If unable to do so for the task
required, keep hands clear of the engine fan and other
moving parts while performing maintenance.
ce
Be careful of hot surfaces and hot fluids when performing
maintenance on or around the engine.
Do not use ether to start the engine on cranes equipped with
intake manifold grid heaters.
en
The engine can enter into a engine exhaust cleaning mode
where the exhaust temperature can be high, ensure the
exhaust is not pointed at materials that can melt, burn or
explode.
er
TRANSPORTING THE CRANE
Before transporting the crane, check the suitability of the
proposed route with regard to the crane height, width, length,
ef
and weight.
Check load limits of bridges on the travel route and ensure
they are greater than the combined weight of the crane and
transporting vehicle.
R
When loading or unloading the crane on a trailer or railroad
car, use a ramp capable of supporting the weight of the
crane.
Ensure the crane is adequately secured to the transporting
vehicle.
Do not use the dead end lug (1, Figure 2-7) on the boom
nose for tying down the boom during transport. Damage to
the lug and boom can result from usage as a tie down point.
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAMPLE
y
nl
1
7116-1A FIGURE 2-7
Before transporting the crane on a road or highway, first
check state and local restrictions and regulations.
Either the hook block may be reeved over the main boom
nose or the headache ball may be reeved over the main
boom nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must be
removed. If the hook block or headache ball remains reeved
on the boom, it must be secured at the tie down on the carrier
to prevent swinging.
When using hookblock tie downs, excessive loading can be
applied by pulling the cable too tight, particularly when
reeved with multiple part lines. When the cable is hooked
into the hookblock tie down, the cable should be merely
“snugged-up” with adequate slack provided at the center line
of sheave to anchor point. Do not draw cable taut. Care must
be exercised anytime any crane function is being performed
while the cable is hooked into the hookblock tie down.
TRAVEL OPERATION
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane when
traveling.
When traveling, the boom should be completely retracted
and lowered to the travel position and the turntable pin swing
lock, if equipped, should be engaged. If equipped with boom
rest, lower the boom into the boom rest and engage the
turntable lock.
Strictly adhere to the guidelines and restrictions in the Load
Chart for pick and carry operations.
RT and Industrial cranes are manufactured with no axle
suspension system. Traveling at high speeds, especially on
rough ground, may create a bouncing effect that can result in
loss of control. If bouncing occurs, reduce travel speed.
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
revolving tires.
2-31
SAFETY INFORMATION
Stunt driving and horse-play are strictly prohibited. Never
allow anyone to hitch a ride or get on or off a moving crane.
Follow the instructions in this manual when preparing the
crane for travel.
If using a boom dolly/trailer, thoroughly read and understand
all the steps and safety precautions in this manual for setup
and travel.
When driving the crane, ensure the cab is down, if equipped
with a tilting cab.
Secure the hook block and other items before moving the
crane.
Watch clearances when traveling. Do not take a chance of
running into overhead or side obstructions.
When moving in tight quarters, post a signal person to help
guard against collisions or bumping structures.
O
Before traveling a crane, check suitability of proposed route
with regard to crane height, width, and length.
Never back up without the aid of a signal person to verify the
area behind the crane is clear of obstructions and/or
personnel.
ce
On cranes equipped with air-operated brakes, do not attempt
to move the crane until brake system air pressure is at
operating level.
en
Check load limit of bridges. Before traveling across bridges,
ensure they will carry a load greater than the crane’s weight.
If it is necessary to take the crane on a road or highway,
check state and local restrictions and regulations.
Keep lights on, use traffic warning flags and signs, and use
er
front and rear flag vehicles when necessary. Check state and
local restrictions and regulations.
Always drive the crane carefully obeying speed limits and
ef
highway regulations.
Stay alert at the wheel.
If equipped, ensure that the hoist access platform hand rail
R
and step are in the travel configuration.
Slopes:
- Pick and carry on level surfaces only.
- Refer to the Operation Section for more detailed
information on traveling on slopes.
- Driving across a slope is dangerous, as unexpected
changes in slope can cause tip over. Ascend or
descend slopes slowly and with caution.
- When operating on a downhill slope, reduce travel
speed and downshift to a low gear to permit
compression braking by the engine and aid the
application of the service brakes.
2-32 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
WORK PRACTICES
Personal Considerations
Always adjust the seat and lock it in position, and fasten the
seat belt securely before you start the engine.
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can get caught on
controls or moving parts. Wear the protective clothing and
personal safety gear issued or called for by the job
conditions. Hard hat, safety shoes, ear protectors, reflective
clothing, safety goggles, and heavy gloves may be required.
Crane Access
y
nl
WARNING
Fall Hazard!
Working at elevated heights without using proper fall
protection can result in severe injury or death.
Always use proper fall protection as required by local,
state or federal regulations.
You must take every precaution to ensure you do not slip
and/or fall off the crane. Falling from any elevation could
result in serious injury or death.
Never exit or enter the crane cab or deck by any other means
than the access system(s) provided (i.e., steps and grab
handles). Use the recommended hand-holds and steps to
maintain a three-point contact when getting on or off the
crane.
If necessary, use a ladder or aerial work platform to access
the boom nose.
Do not make modifications or additions to the crane’s access
system that have not been evaluated and approved by
Manitowoc Crane Care.
Do not step on surfaces on the crane that are not approved
or suitable for walking and working. All walking and working
surfaces on the crane should be clean, dry, slip-resistant,
and have adequate supporting capacity. Do not walk on a
surface if slip-resistant material is missing or excessively
worn.
Do not use the top of the boom as a walkway.
Do not step on the outrigger beams or outrigger pads (floats)
to enter or exit the crane.
Use the hoist access platform (if equipped) when working in
the hoist area.
Wear shoes with a highly slip-resistant sole material. Clean
any mud or debris from shoes before entering the crane cab/
operator’s station or climbing onto the crane superstructure.
Excessive dirt and debris on the hand-holds, access steps,
OPERATOR MANUAL
or walking/working surfaces could cause a slipping accident.
A shoe that is not clean might slip off a control pedal during
operation.
Do not allow ground personnel to store their personal
belongings (clothing, lunch boxes, water coolers, and the
like) on the crane. This practice will prevent ground
personnel from being crushed or electrocuted when they
attempt to access personal belongings stored on the crane.
Job Preparation
Before crane use:
• Barricade the entire area where the crane is working and
keep all unnecessary personnel out of the work area.
• Ensure that the crane is properly equipped including
access steps, covers, doors, guards, and controls.
• Conduct a visual inspection for cracked welds, damaged
components, loose pins/bolts, and wire connections.
O
Any item or component that is found to be loose or
damaged (broken, chipped, cracked, worn-through, etc.)
must be repaired or replaced. Inspect for evidence of
improper maintenance (consult your Service Manual).
ce
• Check for proper functioning of all controls and operator
aids (for example, RCL).
• Check all braking (for example, wheel, hoist, and swing
brakes) and holding devices before operation.
en
You must ensure that the outriggers and jack cylinders are
properly extended and set before performing any lifting
operations. On models equipped with outriggers that can be
pinned at the mid-extend position, the outriggers must also
be pinned when operating from the mid-extend position.
er
Clear all personnel from the outrigger area before extending
or retracting the outriggers. Carefully follow the procedures
in this Operator Manual when extending or retracting the
ef
outriggers. Death or serious injury could result from improper
crane set up on outriggers.
Be familiar with surface conditions and the presence of
overhead obstructions and power lines.
R
Working
Operator shall be responsible for all operations under his/her
direct control. When safety of an operation is in doubt,
operator shall stop the crane’s functions in a controlled
manner. Lift operations shall resume only after safety
concerns have been addressed or the continuation of crane
operations is directed by the lift supervisor.
Know the location and function of all crane controls.
Make sure all persons are away from the crane and the
Travel Select Lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position with the
Parking Brake engaged before starting the engine.
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
Sparks from the crane’s electrical system and/or engine
exhaust can cause an explosion. Do not operate this crane
in an area with flammable dust or vapors, unless good
ventilation has removed the hazard.
Carbon monoxide fumes from the engine exhaust can cause
suffocation in an enclosed area. Good ventilation is very
important when operating the crane.
Before actuating swing or any other crane function, sound
the horn and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
moving parts.
Never operate the crane when darkness, fog, or other
2
y
visibility restrictions make operation unsafe. Never operate a
crane in thunderstorms or high winds.
nl
Always be aware of your working environment during
operation of the crane. Avoid contacting any part of the crane
with external objects.
Clear all personnel from the counterweight and
superstructure area before removing the counterweight.
Keep unauthorized personnel clear of the working area
during operation.
Only the crane operator shall occupy the crane when in
operation.
You must always be aware of everything around the crane
while lifting or traveling. If you are unable to clearly see in the
direction of motion, you must post a look out or signal person
before moving the crane or making a lift. Sound the horn to
warn personnel
Operate the crane only from the operator’s seat. Do not
reach in a window or door to operate any controls.
Operate the crane slowly and cautiously, looking carefully in
the direction of movement.
A good practice is to make a “dry run” without a load before
making the first lift. Become familiar with all factors peculiar
to the job site.
Ensure the hoist rope is properly routed on the hook block
and boom nose and that all rope guards are in place.
2-33
SAFETY INFORMATION
O
ce
FIGURE 2-8
en
Lifting
Use enough parts of line for all lifts and check all lines,
slings, and chains for correct attachment. To obtain
maximum lifting capacities, the hook block must be set up
er
with enough parts of line. Too few parts of line can result in
failure of the hoist rope or hoist. No less than three wraps
of wire rope should remain on the hoist drum. No less than
eight wraps of synthetic rope should remain on the hoist
ef
drum. When slings, ties, hooks, etc., are used, make certain
they are correctly positioned and secured before raising or
lowering the loads.
R
Be sure the rigging is adequate before lifting. Use tag lines
when possible to position and restrain loads. Personnel
using tag lines should be on the ground.
Be sure good rigging practices are being used. Refuse to
use any poorly maintained or damaged equipment. Never
wrap the hoist cable around a load.
If using a clam bucket, do not exceed 80% of the crane’s
capacity.
Make certain the boom tip is centered directly over the load
before lifting.
Ensure that all slings, ties, and hooks are correctly placed
and secured before raising or lowering the load.
2-34 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL
Be sure the load is well secured and attached to the hook
with rigging of proper size and in good condition.
Check the hoist brake by raising the load a few inches,
stopping the hoist and holding the load. Be sure the hoist
brake is working correctly before continuing the lift.
When lowering a load always slow down the load’s descent
before stopping the hoist. Do not attempt to change speeds
on multiple-speed hoists while the hoist is in motion.
Watch the path of the boom and load when swinging. Avoid
lowering or swinging the boom and load into ground
personnel, equipment, or other objects.
y
Lift one load at a time. Do not lift two or more separately
rigged loads at one time, even if the loads are within the
nl
crane’s rated capacity.
Never leave the crane with a load suspended. Should it
become necessary to leave the crane, lower the load to the
ground and stop the engine before leaving the operator’s
station.
Remember, all rigging equipment must be considered as
part of the load. Lifting capacities vary with working areas. If
applicable, permissible working areas are listed in the Load
Chart. When swinging from one working area to another,
ensure Load Chart capacities are not exceeded. Know your
crane!
Stop the hook block from swinging when unhooking a load.
Swinging rapidly can cause the load to swing out and
increase the load radius. Swing the load slowly. Swing with
caution and keep the load lines vertical.
Look before swinging your crane. Even though the original
setup may have been checked, situations do change.
Never swing or lower the boom into the carrier cab (if
applicable).
Never push or pull loads with the crane’s boom; never drag a
load.
Do not subject crane to side loading. A side load can tip the
crane or cause it to fail structurally.
If the boom should contact an object, stop immediately and
inspect the boom. Remove the crane from service if the
boom is damaged.
When lifting a load the boom may deflect causing the load
radius to increase—this condition is made worse when the
boom is extended. Ensure weight of load is within crane’s
capacity on Load Chart.
Avoid sudden starts and stops when moving the load. The
inertia and an increased load radius could tip the crane over
or cause it to fail structurally.
Use tag lines (as appropriate) for positioning and restraining
loads. Check the load slings before lifting.
OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Be sure everyone is clear of the crane and work area before

making any lifts.
Never swing over personnel, regardless of whether load is
suspended from or attached to the boom.

Hand Signals
A single qualified signal person shall be used at all times
when:
• Working in the vicinity of power lines.
• The crane operator cannot clearly see the load at all
times.
2

y
• Moving the crane in an area or direction in which the
operator cannot clearly see the path of travel.

nl
At all times use standardized hand signals - previously
agreed upon and completely understood by the operator and
signal person.

O
If communication with the signal person is lost, crane
movement must be stopped until communications are
restored.
Keep your attention focused on the crane’s operation. If for
ce
some reason you must look in another direction, stop all
crane movement first.
Obey a signal to stop from anyone.
en
er
ef
R

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-35

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

8496-1 FIGURE 2-9

2-36 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL
JIB
To avoid death or serious injury, follow the procedures in this
manual during erection, stowage, and use of the jib.
Install and secure all pins properly.
Control movement of the jib at all times.
Do not remove right side boom nose pins unless jib is
properly pinned and secured on front and rear stowage
brackets.
DANGER
Boom Extension Hazard!
To avoid death or serious injury, follow procedures in Load
Chart, safety, and operation manuals during erection,
stowage and use of jib. Install and secure all pins properly
O
and control jib movement at all times.
Do not remove all the pins from both front and rear stowage
brackets unless the jib is pinned to the right side of the boom
nose.
ce
Properly inspect, maintain, and adjust jib and mounting.
When assembling and disassembling jib sections, use
blocking to adequately support each section and to provide
en
proper alignment.
Stay outside of jib sections and lattice work.
Watch for falling or flying pins when they are being removed.
PARKING AND SECURING
er
! DANGER
ef
Tipping Hazard!
When parking the crane and leaving it unattended follow
the instructions in Section 3 of this manual.
R
Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death
or serious injury
When parking on a grade, apply the parking brake and chock
the wheels.
Section 3 of this manual provides instructions for parking and
securing a crane when it is to be left unattended. These
instructions are intended to allow the crane to be placed in
the most stable and secure position. However, Manitowoc
recognizes that certain jobsite conditions may not permit the
boom and jib of a crane to be fully lowered to the ground.
When a qualified person at a jobsite determines that it is not
practical to lower the boom to the ground, we recommend
the following additional instructions be followed:
Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
SAFETY INFORMATION
• The crane should be left in the smallest, most stable,
valid operational configuration that the job site
practically allows.
• The crane can not be left running, with a load on the
hook, or in erection mode, or in wind conditions in
excess of allowed values.
• The boom should be retracted as far as is practical, the
crane configured in as stable a configuration as possible
(boom angle, superstructure orientation, jib angle, etc.)
• In high winds the boom and jibs should be lowered, or
secured. Changing weather conditions including but not
2
y
limited to: wind, ice accumulation, precipitation, flooding,
lightning, etc. should be considered when determining
the location and configuration of a crane when it is to be
nl
left unattended.
SHUT-DOWN
Use the following steps when shutting down the crane:
• Engage the parking brake.
• Fully retract and lower the boom.
• Engage the swing lock pin or 360 degree swing lock (if
equipped).
• Place crane function power switch to OFF (if equipped).
• Place controls in neutral position.
• Shut down the engine and remove the ignition key.
• Chock the wheels, if not on outriggers.
• Lock the operator’s cab (if applicable) and install vandal
guards, if used.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION
Cold weather operation requires additional caution on the
part of the operator.
Check operating procedures in this manual for cold weather
starting.
Don’t touch metal surfaces that could freeze you to them.
Clean the crane of all ice and snow.
Allow ample time for hydraulic oil to warm up.
In freezing weather, park the crane in an area where it
cannot become frozen to the ground. The drive line can be
damaged when attempting to free a frozen crane.
If applicable to your crane, frequently check all air tanks for
water in freezing weather.
If applicable to your crane, always handle propane tanks
according to the supplier’s instructions.
Never store flammable materials on the crane.
2-37
SAFETY INFORMATION
If cold weather starting aids are provided on your crane, use
them. The use of aerosol spray or other types of starting
fluids containing ether/volatiles can cause explosions or fire.
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HOOK
BLOCKS
The following information applies to Gunnebo Johnston
crane hook blocks:
Never use a hook block in extreme tempera-
tures...Sudden failure can occur.
Hook blocks shall not be heated above 82°C
(180°F). Hook Block Working Load Limit is valid
between 82°C (180°F) and service temperature
given on the identification tag with normal lifting
precautions.
Additional lifting precautions are required below the
service temperature given on the identification tag
because cold temperature begins to affect the hook
block material properties.
Lifting above 75% of the Working Load Limit (WLL),
at temperatures between the service temperature
given on the identification tag and -40°C (-40°F),
must (be) done at a slow and steady rate to avoid
stress spikes common in normal hoisting dynamics.
75% of the WLL must not be exceeded, when lifting
en
in temperatures below -40°C (-40°F).
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON HYDRAULIC
CYLINDERS
Hydraulic oil expands when heated and contracts when
er
cooled. This is a natural phenomena that happens to all
liquids. The coefficient of expansion for API Group 1
hydraulic oil is approximately 0.00077 cubic centimeters per
cubic centimeter of volume for 1°C of temperature change
ef
(0.00043 cubic inches per cubic inch of volume for 1°F of
temperature change). Thermal contraction will allow a
cylinder to retract as the hydraulic fluid which is trapped
in the cylinder cools.
R
The change in the length of a cylinder is proportional to the
extended length of the cylinder and to the change in
temperature of the oil in the cylinder. For example, a cylinder
extended 7.6 m (25 ft) in which the oil cools 15.5°C (60°F)
would retract approximately 196 mm (7 3/4 in) [see Table 2-9
and Table 2-8]. The rate at which the oil cools depends on
many factors and will be more noticeable with a larger
d i ff e r e n c e i n o i l t e m p e r a t u r e v e r s e s t h e a m b i e n t
temperature.
Thermal contraction coupled with improper lubrication or
improper wear pad adjustments may, under certain
conditions, cause a “stick-slip” condition in the boom. This
“stick-slip” condition could result in the load not moving
2-38
OPERATOR MANUAL
smoothly. Proper boom lubrication and wear pad adjustment
is important to permit the boom sections to slide freely. Slow
movement of the boom may be undetected by the operator
unless a load is suspended for a long period of time. To
minimize the effects of thermal contraction or “Stick-slip” it is
recommended that the telescope control lever is activated
periodically in the extend position to mitigate the effects of
cooling oil.
If a load and the boom is allowed to remain stationary for a
period of time and the ambient temperature is cooler than the
trapped oil temperature, the trapped oil in the cylinders will
cool. The load will lower as the telescope cylinder(s) retracts
y
allowing the boom to come in. Also, the boom angle will
decrease as the lift cylinder(s) retracts causing an increase
in radius and a decrease in load height.
nl
This situation will also occur in reverse. If a crane is set up in
the morning with cool oil and the daytime ambient
temperature heats the oil, the cylinders will extend in similar
O
proportions.
Table 2-8 and Table 2-9 have been prepared to assist you in
determining the approximate amount of retraction/extension
that may be expected from a hydraulic cylinder as a result of
ce
change in the temperature of the hydraulic oil inside the
cylinder. The chart is for dry rod cylinders. If the cylinder rod
is filled with hydraulic oil, the contraction rate is somewhat
greater.
NOTE: Operators and service personnel must be aware
that load movement, as a result of this phenomena,
can be easily mistaken as leaking cylinder seals or
faulty holding valves. If leaking seals or faulty
holding valves are suspected to be the problem,
refer to Service Bulletin dealing with testing
telescope cylinders. (Service Bulletin 98-036
applies to TMS700 and Service Bulletin G06-005A
applies to RT890 and RT9130.
Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Table 2-8: Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in inches)

3 3
Coeff. = 0.00043 (in /in / °F)
STROKE Temperature Change (°F)
(FT.) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
5 0.26 0.52 0.77 1.03 1.29 1.55 1.81 2.06 2.32 2.58
10 0.52 1.03 1.55 2.06 2.58 3.10 3.61 4.13 4.64 5.16
15 0.77 1.55 2.32 3.10 3.87 4.64 5.42 6.19 6.97 7.74
20 1.03 2.06 3.10 4.13 5.16 6.19 7.22 8.26 9.29 10.32
25 1.29 2.58 3.87 5.16 6.45 7.74 9.03 10.32 11.61 12.90
30 1.55 3.10 4.64 6.19 7.74 9.29 10.84 12.38 13.93 15.48
35 1.81 3.61 5.42 7.22 9.03 10.84 12.64 14.45 16.25 18.06
2

y
40 2.06 4.13 6.19 8.26 10.32 12.38 14.45 16.51 18.58 20.64
45 2.32 4.64 6.97 9.29 11.61 13.93 16.25 18.58 20.90 23.22
50 2.58 5.16 7.74 10.32 12.90 15.48 18.06 20.64 23.22 25.80

nl
55 2.84 5.68 8.51 11.35 14.19 17.03 19.87 22.70 25.54 28.38
60 3.10 6.19 9.29 12.38 15.48 18.58 21.67 24.77 27.86 30.96

3 3
Length change in inches = Stroke (Ft.) X Temperature Change ( °F) X Coeff. (in /in / °F) X 12 in/ft

O
Table 2-9 Boom Drift Chart (Cylinder length change in millimeters)
ce
(1/ °C)
Coef f . = 0.000774 M etri c
STROKE Temperature Change (°C)
en

(m) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
1.5 6 12 17 23 29 35 41 46 52 58 64
3 12 23 35 46 58 70 81 93 104 116 128
4.5 17 35 52 70 87 104 122 139 157 174 192
6 23 46 70 93 116 139 163 186 209 232 255
er

7.5 29 58 87 116 145 174 203 232 261 290 319

9 35 70 104 139 174 209 244 279 313 348 383
10.5 41 81 122 163 203 244 284 325 366 406 447
12 46 93 139 186 232 279 325 372 418 464 511
ef

13.5 52 104 157 209 261 313 366 418 470 522 575
15 58 116 174 232 290 348 406 464 522 581 639
16.5 64 128 192 255 319 383 447 511 575 639 702
R

18 70 139 209 279 348 418 488 557 627 697 766

Length change in mm = Stroke (m) X Temperature Change ( °C) X Coef f . (1/ °C) X 1000 mm/m

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-39

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

MODEL SPECIFIC INFORMATION OVERLOAD INSPECTION

Crane Stability
The RT770E on rubber load charts have a minimum radius of
3 m (9.8 ft) with a load. Without a load, a radius of 2.5 m
(8.2 ft) is safe for 360° on rubber. A radius of less than 2.5 m
(8.2 ft) must be avoided on rubber because of backward
stability considerations.
Access Platform Hand Rail
Ensure that the hoist access platform hand rail (1)
This information supplements the Rated Capacity Limiter
(RCL) manual supplied with each Grove crane.
When the RCL system has acknowledged an overload on
your crane, you must carry out specified inspections on the
crane.
These inspections apply only to overloads up to 50%. For
overloads of 50% or higher, crane operation must be
stopped immediately and Crane Care must be contacted for
corrective action.
The following illustrations may not be an exact

y
Figure 2-10 and step (2) (Fixed counterweight units only) is
in the travel configuration. Remove pins from hand rail and representation of your crane and are to be used for reference
only.
rotate it down into the travel position, reinstall pins. Pull the

nl
step locking pin out, slide the step in to the travel position
and release the lock pin.
WARNING
Overload Hazard!

O
1
To avoid an accident caused by overload damage to
your crane:
• Perform the inspections outlined in this publication
ce
for overloads up to 50%.
• Stop operating the crane and contact Manitowoc
Crane Care immediately for overloads of 50% and
higher.
en

NOTE: If your crane is equipped with CraneSTAR, an

overload warning will be posted to the web site for
2
review by the crane owner.
Overload warnings do NOT indicate real time
7649-20 FIGURE 2-10
er

events! Warnings could be sent 24 hours (or more)

after the actual event.
Use the hoist access platform (1) Figure 2-11 when working
in the hoist area (Fixed counterweight units only).
.
ef
R

1
1

7649-14

FIGURE 2-11

2-40 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Boom Inspection

1
1

2
9, 10

y
nl
1 8

3, 4

O
5
1
ce
9, 10
en

7
er
ef
R

Illustration is for reference only, it

may look different than your crane.

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-41

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Overload less than 25%

1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Luffing
2 Mechanism/ Inspect for damage/leaks.
Cylinder
Collar-wear
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
Overload from 25% to 49%

y
1 Sheaves Inspect all for damage.
Luffing

nl
2 Mechanism/ Inspect for damage/leaks.
Cylinder
Collar-wear

O
3 Inspect all for damage.
pads
4 Collar-welds Inspect all for cracks.
Telescopic Inspect for bent or twisted sections. Check the boom
5
ce
Sections for straightness.
Lift Cylinder
6 Inspect for bends or cracked welds.
Head Area
Turret-Base
7 Inspect for cracked welds.
en

Section
Locking Area
8 Inspect for elongated holes.
(Pin Booms)
9 Welds Inspect for cracks.
er

Inspect for cracked paint which could indicate twisted,

10 Paint
stretched, or compressed members.
ef
R

2-42 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Superstructure Inspection

3
2

y
5 4

nl
2

O
9, 10
7
ce
6
en

8
er
ef

Illustration is for reference only, it

may look different than your crane.
R

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-43

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Overload less than 25%

1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.
of Service Manual.
Overload from 25% to 49%
1 Lift Cylinder Inspect for leaking.

y
Turntable See topic in Swing section of
2 Check bolts for proper torque.

nl
Bearing Service Manual.
See topic in Introduction section
3 Wire Rope Inspect all for damage.
of Service Manual.

O
4 Hoist/Drums Inspect each for damage.
5 Hoist Brakes Brakes must hold rated line pull.
Bearing Main
6 Boom Pivot Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.
ce
Pin
Lift Cylinder-
7 Inspect pin and welds.
lower mount
en

8 Turntable Inspect for deformation, cracked welds.

9 Welds Inspect for cracks.
Inspect for cracked paint which could indicate twisted,
10 Paint
stretched, or compressed members.
er
ef
R

2-44 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

OPERATOR MANUAL SAFETY INFORMATION

Carrier Inspection

y
nl
O
1
ce
4
en

1 2
3
3
2 5, 6
er

1
ef

2
Illustration is for reference only, it
R

may look different than your crane.

Grove Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02 2-45

SAFETY INFORMATION OPERATOR MANUAL

Overload less than 25%

1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
Outrigger
2 Inspect for deformation and cracked welds.
Pads
Overload from 25% to 49%
1 Jack Cylinders Inspect for leaking.
Outrigger
2 Inspect for deformation and cracked welds.
Pads

y
Outrigger
3 Inspect for deformation and cracked welds.

nl
Beams
Outrigger
4 Inspect for deformation and cracked welds.
Boxes

O
5 Welds Inspect for cracks.
Inspect for cracked paint which could indicate twisted,
6 Paint
stretched, or compressed members.
ce
en
er
ef
R

2-46 Published 09-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
SECTION 3
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
SECTION CONTENTS
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer/
Headlight /Horn Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Column Adjustment Lever . . . . . . . . . . .
Park Brake Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Axle Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Diagnostic and Engine Speed Control
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skylight Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ce
Skylight Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skylight Sunscreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Circulating Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
en
Right Side Window Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overhead Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioner Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
er
Skylight Wiper Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Dimmer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work Lights Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ef
Boom Lights Switch (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crane Function Power Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoist Rotation Indicator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R
Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch and
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch
and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch and Indicator . .
Boom Recovery Mode Switch and Indicator . . . . .
Steering Column Indicator and Gauge Display . . 3-9
Swing Brake Engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Parking Brake Engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Light Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hydraulic Oil High Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Transmission Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Low Steer Pressure (Optional on CE Units) . . . . 3-10
3-3 Left Turn Signal Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Low Brake Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-3 Electronic Module Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3-3 Electronic System Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
y
3-3 LCD Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-3 Engine Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
nl
3-3 Engine Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3-3 Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Right Turn Signal Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-4
O
Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator . . . . . 3-12
3-4 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-4 High Exhaust System Temperature Indicator . . . 3-12
3-5 Engine Wait-to-Start Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-5 Four-Wheel Drive Engaged Indicator . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3
3-5 Axle Differential Locked Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-5 Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator. . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-5 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge. . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-5 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3-5 Low Fuel Level Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-6 Battery Charge Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-6 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-6 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-6 DEF Tank Level/Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3-6 Control Seat Assembly (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-6 Main Hoist Joystick (Single Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-6 Boom Lift Joystick (Single Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-7 Boom Lift and Main Hoist Joystick
3-7 (Dual Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-7 Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3-7 Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Joystick
(Single Axis). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-7 Swing Joystick (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Swing and Telescope or Swing and Auxiliary Hoist
3-8 Joystick (Dual Axis Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3-8 Auxiliary Hoist Speed Selector Switch (Optional) 3-15
3-8 Rear Steer Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Swing Brake Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Axle Differential Lock Control Switch (Optional) . 3-16
Cab Door Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Back Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
A/C Heater, Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Seat Frame Slide Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3-1
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Armrest Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Foot Throttle Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Hoist Rotation Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HRI Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Boost Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) and Work Area
Definition System (WADS) Control Panel . . . . . .
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Bypass Switch . . .
Emergency Stop Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-16 Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-16 Fuse Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-16 Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-16 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency Override
3-16 Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-17 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency Override
Switch and Indicator (CE Certified Cranes) . . . . . 3-20
3-17 RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-17 Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-17 Backup Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Emergency Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

y
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . 3-17
Turntable Pin Swing Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
12V Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Pre-Starting Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

nl
Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Bubble Level Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Hoist Third Wrap Indicator Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

(Optional—Standard on CE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cold Weather Indicator (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambient Temperature LED Indicator. . . . . . . . . .
Boom Not Synchronized Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . .
ce
Outrigger Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
360° Swing Lock Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
en
O
3-18 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-18 Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-18 Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-18 Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Hydraulic Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-19 Engine Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3-19 Transporting the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
3-19 Crane Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
General Crane Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional) . . . . . . 3-19

Service Brake Foot Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Stowing and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Unattended Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
er

CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

The engine is electronically controlled by the Electronic
ef

Control Module (ECM); it is the control center of the entire

engine system. The ECM processes all inputs and sends
commands to the fuel systems as well as vehicle and engine
6
control devices. This Operator Manual does not include
R

information on the engine ECM. A separate manual by the

5
engine manufacturer is shipped with the crane at the factory.
4
All controls and indicators to operate and monitor crane
functions are found inside the crane cab Figure 3-1 and
include the following:
1. Foot Pedals 2 3

2. Outrigger Control 1

3. Seat Joystick and Armrest Controls

4. Side Display Panel
5. Steering Column FIGURE 3-1
6. Overhead Control Panels

3-2 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

STEERING COLUMN
The steering column assembly in Figure 3-2 is a pedestal
style tilt and telescoping steering column. It has the ability to
tilt forward 30° or be raised vertically approximately 2.5
inches. It also includes the ignition switch and the CAN bus
gauge display (11) (Figure 3-2).
11
Pushing the ring button in the end of the knob energizes the
windshield washer pump to spray washer fluid on the
windshield. Positioning the knob to I operates the wiper at
low speed and positioning the knob to II operates the wiper
at high speed. Positioning the knob to O turns the wiper
motor off and automatically returns the wiper to the parked
position.
Pushing the small button on the end of the lever sounds the
horn.

Steering Column Adjustment Lever

1
The steering control column can be rotated forward

y
approximately 30° and raised approximately 2.5 inches.
Rotate the steering column adjustment lever (2) (Figure 3-2)

nl
counterclockwise to release the steering column for
adjustments; rotate the steering column adjustment lever (2)
(Figure 3-2) clockwise to lock the steering column in place.
10

O
2
Park Brake Control Switch
9
3
7 The Park Brake Control Switch (3) (Figure 3-2) is located on
5 8
4 6 the front of the steering column. This two-position rocker
switch (ON/OFF) is used to apply and release the parking
7649-1
3
ce
FIGURE 3-2 brake on the drive line. The red Park Brake Indicator light on
the steering column is illuminated when the pressure switch
Figure 3-2 Item Numbers in the brake release system is activated and the brake is
Item Description applied.
en

Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/ Headlights Switch

1
Washer/Headlight /Horn Controls
The Headlights Switch (4) (Figure 3-2) is located on the front
2 Steering Column Tilt Lever of the steering column. This three-position rocker switch
3 Park Brake Control Switch (OFF/PARK/HEADLIGHT) controls operation of the
instrument lights, switch LED’s, and the marker lights on the
er

4 Headlights Switch
front, rear, and side of the crane. When the switch is in the
5 Drive Axle Selector Switch ON position, the steering column and switch lights are
6 Hazard Lights Switch illuminated.
ef

7 Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch Drive Axle Selector Switch

8 Increment/Decrement Switch The Drive Axle Selector Switch (5) (Figure 3-2) is located on
9 Ignition Switch the front of the steering column. This two-position rocker
R

switch is labeled two-wheel drive (high range) and four-

10 Transmission Shift Lever
11 Gauge Display
Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/
Washer/Headlight /Horn Controls
The Turn Signal Lever and Windshield Wiper/Washer
Controls (1) (Figure 3-2) are located on the left side of the
steering column. Pushing the turn signal lever down causes
the left front and left rear turn signals to flash. Pushing the
turn signal lever up causes the right front and right rear turn
signals to flash.
The windshield wiper switch is incorporated in the turn signal
lever. The knob of the lever has three positions: O, I, and II.
wheel drive (low range). The switch controls a solenoid valve
(energized for two-wheel drive) that operates the speed
range and axle disconnect cylinders on the transmission.
When the switch is in the four-wheel drive position, the Drive
Axle Indicator light on the steering column is illuminated.
Hazard Lights Switch
The Hazard Lights Switch (6) (Figure 3-2) is located on the
front of the steering column. The switch is a two-position
rocker switch (ON/OFF) that causes the four turn signal
lights to flash at the same time when the switch is positioned
to ON. When the switch is positioned to ON, the turn signal
indicator lights on the steering column will flash.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-3

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Engine Diagnostic and Engine Speed
Control Switches
Two engine diagnostic and speed control switches (Engine
Diagnostic/Speed Control and Increment/Decrement) are
located on the front of the steering column.
Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch
T h e E n g i n e D i a g n o s t i c / Sp e e d C o n t r o l S w i t c h ( 7 )
(Figure 3-2) is a two position maintained ON/OFF rocker
switch used to access the engine fault codes or enable the
control of the low engine idle and engine RPM functions.
Diagnostic function — With the Ignition Switch in the RUN
position and the engine off, press the top of the Engine
Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch to view the engine fault
codes on the steering column display. If there is more than
one active engine fault code, use the Increment/Decrement
Switch (8) (Figure 3-2) to toggle forward and backward
through the fault codes. If there are no engine fault codes,
zeros will be shown in the steering column display.
Engine low idle function — With the engine running and the
top of the Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch pressed,
the engine low idle is adjusted using the Increment/
ce
Decrement Switch (8) (Figure 3-2).
Engine RPM function — With the engine running and the
bottom of the Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch
pressed, the engine RPM is adjusted using the Increment/
en
Decrement Switch (8) (Figure 3-2).
Increment/Decrement Switch
The Increment/Decrement Switch (8) (Figure 3-2) is a three
position momentary rocker switch with center maintained
er
position being off. Use this switch to toggle backward and
forward through active engine fault codes or adjust engine
speed.
ef
Diagnostic function — With the Ignition Switch in the RUN
position, the engine off, and the top of the Engine Diagnostic/
Speed Control Switch (7) (Figure 3-2) pressed, press the top
or bottom of the Increment/Decrement Switch to toggle
R
forward and backward through the engine fault codes shown
on the steering column display. If there are no engine fault
codes, zeroed will be shown in the steering column display.
Engine low idle function — With the engine running and the
top of the Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch (7)
(Figure 3-2) pressed, press the top or bottom of the
Increment/Decrement Switch to increase or decrease the
low engine idle.
Engine RPM function — With the engine running and the
bottom of the Engine Diagnostic/Speed Control Switch (7)
(Figure 3-2) pressed, the Increment/Decrement Switch is
used to adjust engine RPM. Quickly press the top of the
switch once to go to full engine RPM; quickly press the
3-4 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
bottom of the switch once to return to low engine idle. If the
engine speed is below the maximum RPM setting, pressing
and holding the top of the switch will cause the engine RPM
to slowly increase; release the switch when the desired RPM
is attained. If the engine speed is above the minimum RPM
setting, pressing and holding the bottom of the switch will
cause the engine RPM to slowly decrease; release the
switch when the desired RPM is attained.
Ignition Switch
The Ignition Switch (9) is located on the right side of the
steering column and under the transmission shift lever(10).
y
The switch is key-operated and has four positions: ACC [3],
OFF [0], RUN [1], and START [2]. In the OFF position, all
nl
electrical power is off except for the lights controlled by the
Headlights Switch, turn/hazard/stop lights, dome light and
work light. Positioning the switch to ACC energizes all
electrical components except for the start solenoid and
O
engine ECM. Positioning the switch to RUN is the same as
ACC, but the ignition circuit is also energized. Positioning the
switch to START energizes the start relay, which in turn
energizes the cranking motor solenoid and cranks the
engine for starting. The switch is spring returned from
START to RUN. To shut down the engine, position the switch
to OFF.
The Ignition switch has a mechanical anti-restart built into it.
If the engine does not start after the first attempt, the key
switch must go to the OFF position and then back to START
in order to try and start the engine another time.
Transmission Shift Lever
CAUTION
Transmission Damage!
To prevent transmission damage: shift between two-
wheel and four-wheel drive only with the crane stopped
with the transmission in neutral or park.
The Transmission Shift Lever (10) (Figure 3-2) is located on
the right side of the steering column. The control lever
operates the transmission selector valve electrically.
Positioning the lever up actuates forward and positioning the
lever down actuates reverse. When the lever is in neutral, it
rests in a detent. To move the lever up or down, pull back on
the lever first. To shift the transmission to first, second, or
third gear, rotate the knob to 1, 2, or 3.
The transmission has six forward gears and six reverse
gears. To use the three low gears, put the Drive Axle Switch
at 4WD LO. To use the three high gears, put the Drive Axle
Switch at 2WD HI.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

CAB OVERHEAD CONTROLS rear to open. To close slide the window forward until the latch
.
engages.

1 2 Skylight Wiper
The Skylight Wiper (2, Figure 3-3) is controlled by the
3
Skylight Wiper Switch, (4, Figure 3-4), and operated by the
Wiper Motor.

Skylight Sunscreen
The Skylight Sunscreen (3, Figure 3-3) is used to diminish
direct sunlight. The sunscreen is self retracting and can be
set to screen all the light or adjusted reward by moving it into

y
the notches provided.

nl
6
4
Dome Light
The Cab Dome Light (4, Figure 3-3) is on the right rear
5 7 corner of the cab overhead console and provides illumination
in the cab. The dome light is controlled by a switch on the

O
8126
FIGURE 3-3
light.
Item Description
Cab Circulating Fan
1 Skylight Window Latch
The Cab Circulating Fan (5, Figure 3-3) is located on the left
3
ce
2 Skylight Wiper front side of the cab, above the window frame. A swivel
3 Skylight Sunscreen allows the fan to be rotated and a switch on the fan base
controls the fan. The switch has a high, low and off positions.
4 Dome Light
5 Cab Circulating Fan Right Side Window Latch
en

6 Window Latch The window on the right side of the cab can be opened.
7 Overhead Control Panel Squeeze latch (6, Figure 3-3) to release the window and
slide forward. To close slide the window rearward until the
Skylight Window Latch latch engages.
er

The Skylight Window Latch (1, (Figure 3-3)) is at the front of

the window. Squeeze the latch and slide the window to the
ef
R

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-5

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

OVERHEAD CONTROL PANEL

6 8 11 13 15

1 2 3 4 5 7 9 10 12 14 16 17

y
nl
8126-1
FIGURE 3-4

O
Figure 3-4 Item Numbers Heater Control Switch
Item Description The Heater Control Switch (2, Figure 3-4) controls intensity
of heating temperature. Turn the switch to the right (clock-
ce
1 Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Switch
wise) to open the valve for heat. (Heat comes from heated
2 Heater Control Switch fluid going through the heater coil.) Turn the switch to the left
3 Air Conditioning Switch (counterclockwise) to close the valve to stop fluid flow and
minimize heat.
4 Skylight Wiper Switch
en

5 Panel Dimmer Switch Air Conditioner Switch

6 Work Lights Switch The Air Conditioning Switch (3, Figure 3-4) controls the oper-
ation of the optional air conditioning system. Settings are off
7 Boom Light Switch (Optional)
(O) and on (I).
er

8 Crane Function Power Switch

Exhaust System Cleaning Switch (Tier 4 engine
Skylight Wiper Switch
9
only) The electrically-operated Skylight Wiper is installed to
10 Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch remove moisture from the skylight. The Skylight Wiper is
ef

controlled by the Skylight Wiper Switch (4, Figure 3-4). This

11 Boom Section 1/Section 2 Indicator is a 3 position switch OFF/LOW speed/HIGH speed.
12 Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch
Panel Dimmer Switch
R

13 Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Indicator

The Panel Dimmer Switch (5, Figure 3-4) controls the
14 Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch
lighting for the overhead heater/air conditioning controls and
15 Boom A/B Mode Indicator the Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (7, Figure 3-10),
16 Recovery Mode Switch push the switch to increase or decrease the panel lighting.

17 Recovery Mode Indicator Work Lights Switch

The Work Lights Switch (6, Figure 3-4) controls the crane’s
Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Switch
work lights mounted on the bottom front of the superstructure
The Heater/Air Conditioner Fan Switch (1, Figure 3-4) con- cab. Press the top of the switch to turn on the work lights.
trols the cab fan’s speed. Fan speed controls the volume of Press the bottom of the switch to turn off the work lights.
heated air output (or cooled air output) of the fan. Settings
are OFF, LOW speed, MEDIUM speed, and HIGH speed.

3-6 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Boom Lights Switch (Optional)
The Boom Lights Switch (7) (Figure 3-4) is located on the
side display panel. This two-position rocker switch (ON/OFF)
controls operation of the boom flood lights. Press the top of
the switch to turn on the boom lights, press the bottom of the
switch to turn the lights off.
Crane Function Power Switch
The Crane Function Power Switch (8) (Figure 3-4) is located
on the side display panel. This two-position (ON/OFF) rocker
switch permits the operator to disconnect power from the
crane functions controlled by the hydraulic remote
controllers on the armrests. Positioning the switch to OFF
prevents inadvertent operation of functions due to bumping
the controllers while roading or any other operation.
Hoist Rotation Indicator Display
O
The display is located in the front overhead panel Figure 3-9.
Refer to Hoist Rotation Indicator Display, page 3-7 for more
information.
Exhaust System Cleaning Switch
ce
WARNING
Fire or Burn Hazard!
en
During the cleaning process the exhaust becomes very
hot. Do not park the vehicle near flammable objects.
Use caution near the exhaust tailpipe during cleaning as it
will become very hot.
er
The Engine Exhaust System Cleaning Switch (9)
(Figure 3-4) is located on the right side of the overhead
control panel. This switch is a three position switch, INHIBIT
ef
Cleaning/PERMIT Cleaning/START Cleaning. Press this
switch to start exhaust system cleaning or to disable exhaust
system cleaning:
R
• Start Cleaning (7649-10)
• Inhibit Cleaning (7649-11)
To manually clean, set the crane parking brake, the crane
transmission must be in neutral and have all pedals
released.
Set up a safe area around the crane’s exhaust; remove tools,
rags, grease or any debris from the engine exhaust area. As
a warning, the light (1, Figure 3-5) below the exhaust pipe (2,
Figure 3-5) will flash during system cleaning.
With the engine idling push the Exhaust System Cleaning
Switch (9) to initiate cleaning.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Within 5 seconds the engine should rev up to 1000 to 1400
rpm. The engine will continue to run at this speed for up to 45
minutes.
Pressing the brake or throttle pedal during cleaning or
activating the Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Switch will
interrupt the cleaning process.
Make sure the crane and surrounding area are monitored
during manual cleaning. If any unsafe condition occurs, shut
off the engine immediately.
During this period the sound of the engine may change.
When cleaning is complete the engine will return to its
y
normal idle speed.
nl
2
3
1 FIGURE 3-5
Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch
and Indicator
The Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch (10)
(Figure 3-4) and Indicator (11) are located on the overhead
control panel. The switch (10) is a three position rocker type
switch that is used in conjunction with the Boom Manual/
Automatic Mode Selector Switch (12).
When the Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch
(12) is positioned to manual mode, the Boom Section 1/
Section 2 Selector Switch (10) is used to select the
section(s) of the boom that will telescope in and out when
actuated. When the switch (10) is positioned to Section 2
(top of switch is pressed), sections 2, 3, and 4 can be
extended and retracted; when the switch is positioned to
Section 1 (bottom of switch is pressed), section 1 can be
extended and retracted. When not operating in the manual
mode, the Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch (10)
should be in the OFF (center) position.
3-7
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
When operating in the manual mode, the Boom Section 1/
Section 2 Indicator (11) (Figure 3-4) will indicate which boom
section has been activated by the Boom Section 1/Section 2
Selector Switch (10).
Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector
Switch and Indicator
The Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch (12)
(Figure 3-4) and Indicator (13) are located on the overhead
control panel. The switch (12) is a two-position rocker type
switch labeled AUTO (Automatic) and MAN (Manual).
Normal crane operation is performed with the Boom Manual/
Automatic Mode Selector Switch (12) positioned to the Auto
Mode (bottom of switch is pressed), which causes the boom
sections, when actuated, to extend and retract in a
predetermined sequence based on the position of the Boom
A/B Mode Selector Switch (14) (Figure 3-4). When the Boom
Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch (12) is positioned
O
to Auto Mode, the Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Indicator
will indicate Auto Mode.
When the Boom Manual/Automatic Selector Switch (12) is
positioned to Manual Mode (top of switch is pressed), the
ce
Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Indicator (13) will indicate
Manual Mode and the operator can control the sequence in
which the boom sections extend and retract by way of the
Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch (10). This manual
mode of operation is necessary when servicing the boom
en
and for the subsequent boom re-synchronization that is
needed to return the control system from the Manual mode
to the Automatic mode. Also, during Automatic mode
operation, if the rated capacity limiter (RCL) determines that
the boom is not synchronized, manual control of the boom
er
sections is again needed for boom/control system re-
synchronization.
Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch and
ef
Indicator
The Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch (14) (Figure 3-4) and
Indicator (15) are located on the overhead control panel. The
R
3-8 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
switch (14) is a two position rocker type switch that is used to
change the sequence in which the boom sections extend
and retract when operating in the Automatic mode.
With the Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch (12)
(Figure 3-4) positioned to automatic mode and the Boom A/B
Mode Selector Switch (14) positioned to A mode (top of
switch is pressed), the boom control system, when extending
the boom, will fully extend Sections 2, 3, and 4 before
extending Section 1; and when retracting the boom, the
control system will fully retract Section 1 before retracting
Sections 2, 3, 4. Conversely, when the Boom A/B Mode
Selector Switch is positioned to B mode, the boom control
y
system, when extending the boom, will fully extend Section 1
before extending Sections 2, 3, and 4; and when retracting
the boom, the control system will fully retract Sections 2, 3, 4
nl
before retracting Section 1.
Switching between A and B modes can only be done when
the boom sections are fully retracted or fully extended.
Changing modes in any other boom configuration will cause
the RCL to lockout the boom telescope functions and turn on
the Boom Not Synchronized Indicator.
The Boom A/B Mode Indicator (15) is labeled A and B and
consists of two LEDs; one for A mode and one for B mode.
Dependent upon which position the Boom A/B Mode
Selector Switch is in, the respective LED will illuminate.
Boom Recovery Mode Switch and Indicator
The Boom Recovery Mode Switch (16) (Figure 3-4) and
Indicator (17) are located on the overhead control panel. The
switch (16) is a two position rocker type switch that has an
integral lock to prevent accidental activation. The Recovery
Mode Switch overrides the boom control system and allows
the boom to be recovered (retracted) in the event the boom
telescope function stops working due to a sensor failure or
loss of communication with the rated capacity limiter (RCL).
The indicator (17) will flash if a failure occurs. Refer to
Retracting the Boom Using the Boom Recovery Mode, page
3-39 to recover the boom if there is a failure in the boom
control system.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

STEERING COLUMN INDICATOR AND

GAUGE DISPLAY
As a system check, the indicators will come on for two
seconds when the Ignition Switch is turned to the RUN
position.

14 17
11 19
8 10 12 13 16
9 32 15 18
7
6

5
20

y
4
21

nl
3
22
2

O
23
1

3
ce
en

25 24
31 30
28
29 27 26
FIGURE 3-6
er

Figure 3-6 Item Numbers Item Description

Item Description 14 Engine Warning
ef

1 Swing Brake Engaged 15 Exhaust System Cleaning Required

2 Parking Brake Engaged 16 Right Turn Signal
3 Light Malfunction 17 Inhibit Cleaning
R

4 Emergency Stop 18 DEF Indicator

5 Hydraulic Oil High Temperature 19 High Exhaust System Temperature
6 Transmission Warning 20 Engine Wait to Start
7 Low Steer Pressure 21 Four-Wheel Drive Engaged
8 Left Turn Signal 22 Axle Differential Locked
9 Low Brake Pressure 23 Rear Wheels Not Centered
10 Electronic Module Control 24 Push Button Switch (not used)
11 Electrical System Diagnostics 25 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
12 LCD Display 26 Fuel Gauge
13 Engine Stop 27 Low Fuel Level Indicator

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-9

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Item Description turn off the engine and try to find the cause of the high
hydraulic oil temperature.
28 Battery Charge Indicator
29 Voltmeter Transmission Warning
30 Tachometer The Transmission Warning Indicator (6) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates
31 Push Button Switch (not used)
red during high transmission oil temperature conditions. A
32 DEF Level/Gauge warning buzzer will also sound.

Swing Brake Engaged Low Steer Pressure (Optional on CE Units)

The Swing Brake Engaged Indicator (1) (Figure 3-6) is The Low Steer Pressure Indicator (7) (Figure 3-6) is located
located in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates red when

y
red when the Turntable Swing Motor Swing Brake is the hydraulic pressure is low. A warning buzzer will also
engaged preventing the rotation of the crane superstructure. sound.

nl
Parking Brake Engaged Left Turn Signal Indicator
The Parking Brake Engaged Indicator (2) (Figure 3-6) is The Left Turn Signal Indicator (8) (Figure 3-6) is located in
the steering column gauge display. It is a green arrow light

O
located in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates
red when the crane parking brake is engaged. that flashes when the turn signal lever is pushed down or the
HAZARD light switch is positioned to ON.
Light Malfunction
Low Brake Pressure
The Light Malfunction Indicator (3) (Figure 3-6) is located in
ce
the steering column gauge display. It illuminates amber when The Low Brake Pressure Indicator (9) (Figure 3-6) is located
the crane headlights are malfunctioning. in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates red when
the pressure in the dual accumulator charge valve falls
Emergency Stop below normal operating requirements. A warning buzzer will
also sound.
en

The Emergency Stop Indicator (4) (Figure 3-6) is located in

the steering column gauge display. It illuminates red when
the Emergency Stop Switch is pushed in (refer to Emergency
Stop Switch, page 3-17) and a warning buzzer will sound.
er
Electronic Module Indicator
The Electronic Module Indicator (10) (Figure 3-6) is located
in the steering column gauge display. If any of electronic

Hydraulic Oil High Temperature modules are off-line and not communicating with the system,
the indicator illuminates red.
T h e H y d r a u l i c O i l H i g h Te m p e r a t u r e I n d i c a t o r ( 5 )
(Figure 3-6) is located in the steering column gauge display. Electronic System Diagnostic
It illuminates red when the hydraulic oil temperature exceeds
ef

93°C (200°F); a warning buzzer will also sound. When this The Electronic System Diagnostic Indicator (11) (Figure 3-6)
indicator illuminates, set down the load as soon as possible, is located in the steering column gauge display. The indicator
is a red light used for troubleshooting the CANbus system.
R

3-10 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

LCD Display
The LCD Display(12) (Figure 3-6) is located in the steering
column gauge display. The display shows the transmission
gear being used, fault codes, DEF tank level, and master
software version.
If this indicator light illuminates, note the fault code and see
Engine Operator Manual.
The Engine Warning Indicator may also illuminate with the
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Indicator or Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Indicator.

If an active engine fault code is present, the display will show
the code when the Ignition Switch is in the RUN position and
the engine is off. The display will show the master software
version when the Ignition Switch is in the ACC position.
4
Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator
The Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator (15) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. This indicator
illuminates amber when the exhaust system is getting filled
with soot and needs to be cleaned out.

y
When the Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator illuminates or
flashes, start cleaning process.

nl
3 1 The indicator will be lit continuously during the early stages
of clogging. If the system continues to clog, the lamp will
begin to flash and slight engine derate will occur.

O
If even more clogging occurs, the engine warning light (14)
will illuminate in addition to the Exhaust System Cleaning
Indicator (15) and severe engine derate will occur.

2
3
ce
WARNING
Extreme Heat Hazard!
7649-35 FIGURE 3-7
During the cleaning process the exhaust becomes very
hot. Do not park the vehicle near objects that are
Figure 3-7 Item Numbers
en

flammable.
Item Description Use caution near the exhaust tailpipe as it will also
1 Engine Fault Code, Master Software Version become very hot.

2 Transmission Gear Selected The cleaning process can take place in three different
er

3 Forward or Reverse modes:

4 DEF Level/Gauge Passive: the exhaust is hot enough during normal working
operation to burn off any hydrocarbon (soot) accumulation
Engine Stop
ef

Active: Active self-cleaning occurs when there is not

The Engine Stop Indicator (13) (Figure 3-6) is located in the sufficient heat in the exhaust to convert all the hydrocarbon
steering column gauge display. It illuminates red when a being collected in the exhaust system. Exhaust
signal is sent from the engine ECM. In addition, a warning temperatures are raised by injecting a small amount of fuel.
R

buzzer will also sound.
If this indicator light illuminates, note the fault code, shut the
engine off and refer to the Engine Operator Manual.
Engine Warning
The Engine Warning Indicator (14) (Figure 3-6) is located in
the steering column gauge display. It illuminates amber when
a signal is sent from the engine ECM.
The resulting chemical reaction raises exhaust gas
temperatures high enough to oxidize the hydrocarbon from
the filter and burn off any accumulation of diesel exhaust fluid
from the dosing module. This is all done without any operator
intervention.
Manual: Manual or stationary cleaning is the same as active
cleaning but takes place while the equipment is not being
operated. It offers the equipment operator the option, if
needed, of performing cleaning outside the normal duty
cycle.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-11

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Right Turn Signal Indicator
The Right Turn Signal Indicator (16) (Figure 3-6) is located in
the steering column gauge display. It is a green arrow light
that flashes when the turn signal lever is pushed up or the
Hazard Light switch is positioned to ON.
Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator
The Inhibit Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator (17)
(Figure 3-6) is located in the steering column gauge display.
When the Exhaust System Cleaning Switch (9) (Figure 3-4)
is in the inhibit cleaning position, this amber indicator is
illuminated and active and manual cleaning is prevented.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Indicator
The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Indicator (18) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. The indicator
has four different stages which will be triggered by the fluid
O
level sensor in the DEF tank:
Low Tank - First warning to the operator is that the reducing
agent in the tank is low. The DEF Indicator (18) will be lit
continuously.
ce
Derate - The DEF Indicator (18) will start to flash as a
warning to the operator that a derate will be activated if the
reducing agent in the DEF tank is not refilled.
Low Level Inducement - The DEF Indicator (18) will flash and
en
the engine warning indicator (14) will be lit continuously.
Derate will be activated at this stage.
Severe Inducement - Once the DEF (18) tank is empty, the
crane operation will be restricted. The DEF Indicator (18) will
flash and the Stop Engine Indicator (13) is solid red.
er
High Exhaust System Temperature Indicator
The High Exhaust System Temperature (HEST) Indicator
(19) (Figure 3-6) is located in the steering column gauge
ef
display.
During exhaust system cleaning it is possible for the engine
exhaust to reach temperatures exceeding 650°C (1200°F).
R
The HEST indicator will illuminate red to warn the operator
when temperatures reach 675°C (1247°F) and will stay on
until the temperatures falls below 625°C (1157°F).
Warning lights near the tailpipe will flash during cleaning
when high exhaust temperatures exist.
For more information on the exhaust system cleaning
process, refer to Exhaust System Cleaning Indicator, page 3-
11
Engine Wait-to-Start Indicator
The Engine Wait-to-Start Indicator (20) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates
3-12 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
amber for a period of time when the ignition switch is in the
ON position. The engine should not be cranked until the
Wait-to-Start light turns off. This light is controlled by the
engine ECM.
Four-Wheel Drive Engaged Indicator
The Four-Wheel Drive Indicator (21) (Figure 3-6) is located
in the steering column gauge display. It illuminates amber
when the Drive Axle Selector Switch (5) (Figure 3-2) is in the
four-wheel low position. This indicator will also blink if the
crane is shifted between two-wheel high and four-wheel low
and the brake pedal is not depressed and the transmission is
y
not in neutral.
Axle Differential Locked Indicator
nl
The Axle Differential Locked Indicator (22) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. This indicator
illuminates amber after the Differential Lock Switch (10)
(Figure 3-8) is pressed to the LOCK position and the carrier
differential lock switches located on each axle are closed.
When in the LOCK position there is no differential action
between the wheels.
Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator
The Rear Wheels Not Centered Indicator (23) (Figure 3-6) is
located in the steering column gauge display. The indicator is
an amber light that will illuminate any time the rear wheels
are not centered.
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The Engine Coolant Temperature (water temp) Gauge (25)
(Figure 3-6) is located in the steering column gauge display.
The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature on a
dual scale calibrated from 38°C to 138°C and 100°F to
280°F. The gauge receives a signal from the engine ECM
and a temperature sending unit in the engine cooling system.
Fuel Gauge
The Fuel Gauge (26) (Figure 3-6) is located in the steering
column gauge display. The gauge indicates the quantity of
fuel in the fuel tank and has a scale calibrated from empty (0)
to full (4/4). The fuel gauge receives a signal from a sending
unit in the fuel tank.
CAUTION
Engine Damage!
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel required in Tier 4 engines.
If “Ultra Low Sulfur” fuel is not used in engines that require
it, the Cummins warranty will be void and the engine
performance will quickly deteriorate and may stop
running.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Low Fuel Level Indicator
The Low Fuel Level Indicator (27) (Figure 3-6) illuminates
when the fuel level in the tank is nearing empty (15%). When
this indicator comes on fuel should be added to the fuel tank
immediately. The light will go out when the fuel tank level
reaches 20% of capacity.
Battery Charge Indicator
With the engine running, the Battery Charge Indicator (28)
(Figure 3-6) illuminates red if battery system voltage is below
nine (9) volts, engine ECM voltage is below nine (9) volts, or
there is no alternator charge signal present.
If the engine is running and the Battery Charge Indicator
illuminates, investigate possible alternator, alternator fuse, or
alternator wiring, or drive belt problems.
When the engine is not running and the Ignition Switch is in
the ACC or RUN position, the Battery Charge Indicator turns
O
on to indicate the batteries are being drained and not being
charged.
ce
en
er
ef
R
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Voltmeter
The Voltmeter (battery gauge) (29) (Figure 3-6) is located in
the steering column gauge display. The Voltmeter indicates
the voltage being supplied to or from the batteries and has a
scale of 8 to 18 volts.
If the Ignition Switch is in the ACC or RUN position and the
Voltmeter indicator is in the red, the batteries may need to be
recharged or possibly replaced.
Tachometer
The Tachometer (30) (Figure 3-6) is located in the steering
y
column gauge display. The tachometer registers engine
RPM and is calibrated in RPM x 100 with a range of zero [0]
nl
to 35. The tachometer receives a signal from the engine
ECM.
DEF Tank Level/Gauge
The DEF Tank Level/Gauge (32) (Figure 3-6) is located in
the steering column gauge display. The DEF Tank Level/
Gauge displays the percent of diesel exhaust fluid remaining
in the tank along with a bar gauge showing the amount of
3
fluid in the tank.
3-13
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

CONTROL SEAT ASSEMBLY (SINGLE AXIS)

2 3

17
7

6
9
4
11

y
8
5

nl
14 10
15
13

O
12
16
ce
7649-4
FIGURE 3-8

Figure 3-8 Item Numbers Main Hoist Joystick (Single Axis)

en

Item Description The Main Hoist Joystick(1) (Figure 3-8) is located on the
1 Main Hoist Joystick, Raise/ Lower right armrest. The joystick, when pushed forward, lowers the
cable; when pulled back, it raises the cable.
2 Boom Lift Joystick
3 Main Hoist Speed Switch Boom Lift Joystick (Single Axis)
er

4 Boom In/Out (Auxiliary Hoist Raise/Lower)
5 Swing Joystick, Left/Right
6 Auxiliary Hoist Speed Switch
ef
The Boom Lift Joystick (2) (Figure 3-8) is located on the right
armrest. The joystick, when pushed forward, lowers the
boom; when pulled back, it raises the boom.

Boom Lift and Main Hoist Joystick (Dual

7 Rear Steer Switch
Axis Option—Not Shown)
8 Swing Brake Control Switch
The Boom Lift/Main Hoist Joystick is located on the right
9 Axle Differential Lock Control Switch
R

armrest. The joystick, when pushed to the right, lowers the

10 Cab Door Release boom; when pushed to the left, it raises the boom.
11 Seat Back Adjustment When used for main hoist, the joystick, when pushed
12 AC/Heater Vents forward, lowers the cable; when pulled back, it raises the
cable.
13 Seat Slide Lever
14 Whole Seat Slide Lever Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch
15 Arm Rest Adjustment The Main Hoist Speed Selector Switch (3) (Figure 3-8) is a
three positioned maintained switch (HIGH/OFF/LOW) that is
16 AC/Heater Climate Control Unit located on the right armrest. Positioning the switch to HIGH
17 Hydraulic Boost Switch position allows main hoist functions and energizes the Main
Hoist High Speed Solenoid, resulting in high line speeds.
Positioning the switch to the center OFF position will prevent
hoisting. Positioning the switch to the LOW position allows

3-14 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
main hoist functions and de-energizes the Main Hoist High
Speed Solenoid, resulting in low line speeds.
Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist Joystick (Single
Axis)
The Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist (TELE or AUX) Joystick (4)
(Figure 3-8) is located on the left armrest. The joystick
controls the telescope functions when the crane is not
equipped with an auxiliary hoist. Push the joystick forward to
telescope the boom out, or pull the joystick back to telescope
boom in.
When equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the joystick controls
the auxiliary hoist functions and the telescope functions are
controlled through a foot pedal. Push the joystick forward to
let out the hoist cable or pull the joystick back to reel the
cable in.
Swing Joystick (Single Axis)
O
DANGER
ce
Crushing Hazard!
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
moving machinery.
Before actuating swing or any other function, sound horn
en
and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
moving parts.
The Swing Joystick (5) (Figure 3-8) is located on the left
armrest and controls the swing function. The joystick, when
er
pushed forward rotates the turntable clockwise; when pulled
back, it rotates the turntable counterclockwise. The crane is
capable of 360 degree continuous rotation in either direction.
Swing and Telescope or Swing and Auxiliary
ef
Hoist Joystick (Dual Axis Option—Not
Shown)
R
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
moving machinery.
Before actuating swing or any other function, sound horn
and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
moving parts.
The Swing and Telescope or Auxiliary Hoist (SWING/TELE
or SWING/AUX) Joystick is located on the end of the left
armrest. The joystick controls the swing and telescope
functions when the crane is not equipped with an auxiliary
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
hoist. When equipped with an auxiliary hoist, the joystick
controls the swing and auxiliary hoist functions and the
telescope functions are controlled through a foot pedal.
If not equipped with an auxiliary hoist, pushing the joystick to
the left or right actuates a control valve through hydraulic
pilot pressure to provide 360 degree continuous rotation in
the desired direction. Pushing the joystick forward actuates
the control valve to telescope the boom out and pulling the
joystick back actuates the boom to telescope in.
If equipped with an auxiliary hoist, pushing the joystick
forward actuates the control valve to let out hoist cable and
pulling the joystick back reels the cable in. Moving the
y
joystick in a diagonal direction actuates the two functions
simultaneously.
nl
Auxiliary Hoist Speed Selector Switch
(Optional)
The Auxiliary Hoist Speed Selector Switch (6) (Figure 3-8) is
a three positioned maintained switch (HIGH/OFF/LOW) that
is located on the left armrest. Positioning the switch to HIGH
position allows auxiliary hoist functions and energizes the
Auxiliary Hoist High Speed Solenoid, resulting in high line
3
speeds. Positioning the switch to the center OFF position will
prevent hoisting. Positioning the switch to the LOW position
allows auxiliary hoist functions and de-energizes the
Auxiliary Hoist High Speed Solenoid, resulting in low line
speeds.
Rear Steer Switch
The Rear Steer Control Switch (7) (Figure 3-8) is a three-
position, spring centered to off, rocker switch, located on the
left armrest. Press the bottom of the switch to actuate a
control valve to turn the rear wheels to the left, causing the
crane to turn to the right. Press the top of the switch actuates
a control valve to turn the rear wheels to the right, causing
the crane to turn to the left. When the wheels are not
centered the Rear Wheels Not Centered light on the steering
column illuminates. Releasing the switch causes it to return
to the center off position.
To straighten the rear wheels press the switch until the Rear
Wheels Not Centered indicator light goes off.
Swing Brake Control Switch
The Swing Brake Control Switch (8) (Figure 3-8) is located
on the left arm rest. This two-position rocker switch (ON/
OFF) is used to control a hydraulic valve that directs a
regulated flow of pressure to and from the swing brake.
Positioning the switch to ON will apply the swing brake and
positioning the switch to OFF will release the swing brake.
When the switch is in the ON position, the red indicator light
on the steering column is illuminated. The switch has a lock
to prevent accidental activation.
3-15
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Axle Differential Lock Control Switch HRI Display

(Optional) The display is located in the front overhead panel Figure 3-9.
NOTE: The differential lock will only work when the crane The LED display illuminates to indicate the current hoist in
is in the 4WD mode. operation and which direction the hoist is rotating.

The Differential Lock (Axle Diff) Control Switch (9)

(Figure 3-8) is located on the left arm rest. It is a two position,
momentary rocker switch placarded LOCK and UNLOCK.
When positioned to LOCK, the splines on the shift collar are
engaged with the splines on the differential case and the axle
shafts and the differential assembly are locked together and
there is no differential action between the wheels. When 1
3

y
positioned to UNLOCK, there is normal differential action
between the wheels all the time. The amber indicator on the 2 4
steering column is illuminated when the switch in each axle

nl
is activated.

Cab Door Release

O
Use the Cab Door Release Lever (10) (Figure 3-8) to open 8425
and close the cab door from inside the cab.

Seat Back Adjustment Item Description

1 Main Hoist UP (Clockwise)
ce
To adjust the back of the seat press the adjustment knob (11)
(Figure 3-8) and then adjust the seat as needed. 2 Main Hoist DOWN (Counterclockwise)
3 Auxiliary Hoist UP (Clockwise)
A/C Heater, Climate Control
4 Auxiliary Hoist DOWN (Counterclockwise)
The crane cab Air Conditioner/Heater Climate Control unit
en

FIGURE 3-9
(16) (Figure 3-8) is located in the cab under the driver’s seat.
The vents (12) are part of the climate control unit and can be
adjusted to direct the flow of air.
Hydraulic Boost Switch
Seat Slide Lever
er

The Hydraulic Boost Switch (17) (Figure 3-8) is located on

Moving the Seat Slide Lever (13) (Figure 3-8) will slide the the right armrest. This two position switch is used to control
seat only, either forward or backward. the High Speed Boost Selector Valve. With the switch in the
ON position, the solenoid valve is energized. In this state, the
Seat Frame Slide Lever solenoid valve stops the flow of oil from Pump No. 1, Section
ef

2 to the Rear Steer/Outrigger Valve. The poppet check valve

Moving the Seat Frame Slide Lever (14) (Figure 3-8) will
opens to combine this flow of oil with the output from Pump
slide the seat and the seat frame either forward or backward.
No. 1, Section 1.
R

Armrest Adjustment NOTE: The hydraulic boost function is disabled when

outrigger extend or retract is selected, rear steer
The Armrest and armrest controls can be adjusted using
right or left is selected, or when the transmission is
adjustment knob (15) (Figure 3-8). Loosen the knob and
not in neutral.
rotate the entire armrest to the desire position, re-tighten the
knob when finished making the adjustment. Armrest Switch (Not Shown)
Hoist Rotation Indicators The Armrest Switch is a proximity switch located in the left
hand armrest. The left hand armrest must be in the down
The Hoist Rotation Indicators for the auxiliary and main hoist
position before crane functions can be activated.
is located on top of each hoist control lever (1,4) (Figure 3-8).
Each indicator is electronically driven by an input signal from Seat Switch (Not Shown)
a sensor attached to its related hoist and an output signal
from a control module. Each hoist control lever (1,4) pulses This switch is located in the seat. An operator must be sitting
when its hoist is running so the operator’s thumb can sense in the seat before the crane functions can be activated.
it.

3-16 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

SIDE CONTROL PANEL Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) and Work Area
Definition System (WADS) Control Panel
The RCL and WADS Control Panel (1) (Figure 3-10) is
located on the right side of the cab. It maintains the controls
and indicators for the crane’s Rated Capacity Limiter System
and Work Area Definition System. Refer to the RCL Manual
1 for detailed information.

10 11 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Bypass Switch

The RCL Bypass (Override) Switch (2) (Figure 3-10) is a
momentary type switch. Turn and hold the key to the ON
12

y
position (right) to disengage the RCL controls. Release the
13 key to allow the RCL controls to re-engage.
4

nl
The RCL will be bypassed only as long as the switch is in the
2 ON position.
Turning the key switch to the ON position re-engages the
boom down, telescope out and hoist up functions, which are

O
3 6
disabled when an overload condition is sensed by the Rated
7 Capacity Limiter (RCL). It is important to read and
5
understand the RCL Override Warning information in the
RCL Operator Manual before using the RCL Bypass switch
3
ce
(2) or the RCL on/off switch.
8
Emergency Stop Switch
The crane Emergency Stop Switch (3) (Figure 3-10) is
9 located on the cab console and is used to shut down the
en

crane’s engine. Push the red button in to shut down the

7649-7 engine, which illuminates the Emergency Stop indicator on
FIGURE 3-10
the steering column. Rotate the knob and pull out to resume
Figure 3-10 Item Numbers normally operation.
er

Item Description Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge

1 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Display The Transmission Oil Temperature (TRANS TEMP) Gauge
2 Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Bypass Switch (4) (Figure 3-10) is located in the center of the front console.
ef

The gauge indicates the transmission oil temperature on a

3 Emergency Stop Switch dual scale calibrated from 60°C to 160°C and 140°F to
4 Transmission Oil Temp Gauge 320°F. The gauge receives a signal from a temperature
sending unit in the oil line at the torque converter.
5 AC/Heater Vent
R

6 Turntable Pin Swing Lock Control Turntable Pin Swing Lock Control
7 12 Volt Receptacle T h e Tu r n ta b l e P i n S w i n g L o c k C o n t r o l H a n d l e ( 6 )
(Figure 3-10) is located on the side control panel. The
8 Diagnostic Connector purpose of the pin swing lock is to lock the superstructure in
9 Bubble Level Indicator position directly over the front for pick and carry loads.
10 3rd Wrap Indicator (optional) When the control handle is pushed in and the superstructure
11 Cold Weather Indicator (optional) is directly over the front, the swing lock pin drops into the
socket on the carrier frame, locking the superstructure in
Ambient Temperature LED Indicator place.
12
(optional)
13 Boom Not Synchronized Indicator

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-17

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

When the control handle is pulled out, the pin is pulled out of along with lockout override, will still be operational to lower
the socket, unlocking the superstructure. the load.

CAUTION Boom Not Synchronized Indicator

Swing Lock Damage!
Do not engage the Pin Swing Lock while superstructure is
in motion. Center boom over the front and engage Pin
Swing Lock to prevent superstructure rotation during
travel.
12V Receptacle
The Boom Not Synchronized Indicator (13, Figure 3-10) is
located on the right side console and is controlled by the
rated capacity limiter (RCL). It illuminates red when the RCL
senses that the boom sections are not synchronized. The
Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Selector Switch (13,
Figure 3-4) and Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch
(11, Figure 3-4) are used together to manually control the
extension and retraction of the boom sections to re-

y
This 12 volt accessory outlet (7) (Figure 3-10) is located on synchronize the boom with the RCL.
the lower part of the control panel and is designed to mate
with most 12 volt adapter plugs.
OUTRIGGER CONTROL

nl
Diagnostic Connector .

The Diagnostic Connector (8) (Figure 3-10) is located on the

O
lower part of the front control panel. It is used for servicing
the crane’s electrical system.
A laptop computer with a nine pin cable connector and the
appropriate service software are required. Contact your local 1
ce
Grove distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care for assistance.

Bubble Level Indicator

The Bubble Level Indicator (9) (Figure 3-10) is located on the
right side console. The indicator provides the operator with a 7
en

visual aid in determining the levelness of the crane.

Hoist Third Wrap Indicator (Optional— 2

Standard on CE) 6
er

The Hoist 3rd Wrap Indicator (10) (Figure 3-10) is located on

the right side console. The indicator will illuminate red when
three wraps or less of cable remain on either hoist. 3

Cold Weather Indicator (Optional)

ef

4
The optional Cold Weather Indicator (11) (Figure 3-10) is
located on the right side console. The indicator comes on
when ambient temperature is at or below -29°C (-20°F). It 5
R

serves as a warning for the operator to stop operation in

extreme cold.

Ambient Temperature LED Indicator

7790
The Ambient Temperature LED Indicator (12) (Figure 3-10) FIGURE 3-11
is located on the right side console. When the ambient
temperature outside the crane reaches below -29°C (-20°F)
the LED indicator will illuminate and send a signal to the RCL Item Description
system. This temperature control is to prevent operation of 1 Outrigger Control Box
crane lifting functions in temperatures below -29°C (-20°F).
The system will initiate lockout of the following crane 2 Right Front Extension/Jack Cylinder
functions: hoist up, boom down, and boom telescope- 3 Left Front Extension/Jack Cylinder
extend. Hoist lowering, boom up and boom telescope-retract
4 Right Rear Extension/Jack Cylinder

3-18 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Item Description Item Description

5 Left Rear Extension/Jack Cylinder 3 Swing Brake Pedal
6 Retract O/R 4 Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional)
7 Extend O/R 5 Service Brake Foot Pedal
The Outrigger Control Box (1, Figure 3-11) is stowed in the 6 Foot Throttle Pedal
cab (Figure 3-1) and is used to control the outriggers from
inside the cab. 360° Swing Lock Pedal
NOTE: The park brake must be engaged for the outriggers The 360° Swing Lock Pedal (1) (Figure 3-12) is located on
to operate. the left side of the crane cab floor. The pedal is used to
activate the swing lock to prevent the turret from turning. To

y
Extend/Retract Switch release the swing lock, pull up on the 360° Swing Lock
The Extend/Retract Switch (6,7 Figure 3-11) is located on Release Lever (2).

the side of the Outrigger Control Box and is used in
conjunction with the Outrigger Selector Switches (2,3,4,5
Figure 3-11) to control the outrigger functions.
nl
Swing Brake Pedal
The Swing Brake Pedal (3) (Figure 3-12) is located on the
left side of the cab floor. The swing brake pedal is used to

O
Outrigger Selector Switches
actuate the swing brake to slow or stop swing motion.
There are four Outrigger Selector Switches (2,3,4,5 Braking is proportional to pedal depression. With the pedal
Figure 3-11) on the Outrigger Control Box. To extend or not depressed and the swing brake control valve
retract an outrigger component, first select the component disengaged, hydraulic pressure is applied to the brake,
overcoming spring pressure and releasing the brake. 3
ce
with the Outrigger Selector Switch (2,3,4,5), then select
extend or retract with the Extend/Retract Switch (6,7 Depressing the pedal actuates a swing power brake valve to
Figure 3-11). apply pressure to the brake assembly. This pressure aids the
spring pressure to overcome the hydraulic pressure being
FOOT PEDAL CONTROLS applied to the brake release circuit and applies the spring
en

brake according to the pressure from the swing power brake

valve.
2
Telescope Control Foot Pedal (Optional)
The Telescope Control Foot Pedal (4) (Figure 3-12) is
er

supplied when the crane is equipped with an auxiliary hoist,

is located on the left side of the cab floor. Pushing forward on
the top of the pedal will extend the boom and pushing down
on the bottom of the pedal will retract the boom.
ef

Service Brake Foot Pedal

The Brake Foot Pedal (5) (Figure 3-12) is the second pedal
from the right on the cab floor. Depressing the pedal controls
R

the application of the service brakes.

1 Foot Throttle Pedal

4
3 6 The Foot Throttle Pedal (6) (Figure 3-12) is located under
5 FIGURE 3-12 the RCL display module, on the floor. It is used to control
7649-8
engine RPM which increases or decreases proportionately
Figure 3-12 Item Numbers with the amount of foot pressure applied to the pedal. The
pedal is electrically connected to the superstructure control
Item Description module which sends the signal to the engine ECM via the
1 360° Swing Lock Pedal J1939 data link.
2 360° Swing Lock Release Lever

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-19

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

MISCELLANEOUS CONTROLS AND clockwise), the switch will override and prevent the RCL from
INDICATORS locking out the three craning functions (boom down,
telescope extend, and hoist up) should an overload or two-
Fuse Panel block condition occur.
Overriding the RCL with this switch should only be done in
The fuse panel (1) (Figure 3-13) is located behind the cab
the case of an emergency or when servicing the boom.
seat and on the cab fuse and relay panel assembly. It
contains up to 20 fuses that protect the various electrical A flashing light on the RCL display indicates the switch has
components of the crane. been activated.

Buzzer Refer to the RCL operator's manual for more information.

The buzzer (2), located behind the cab seat, sounds when 1

y
the following conditions exist:
• the ignition switch is turned to RUN; buzzer will sound

nl
for two seconds
• after the engine is started until the proper engine oil 2
pressure is reached
3

O
• engine stop
• emergency stop switch activated
• transmission service
ce
• low brake pressure
• high hydraulic oil temperature
7649-9
• high transmission oil temperature FIGURE 3-13
• low steer pressure condition (for CE units)
en

• hoist third wrap condition (for CE units)
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency
Override Switch (Non-CE Certified Cranes)
er
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Emergency
Override Switch and Indicator (CE Certified
Cranes)

WARNING
WARNING Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard!
ef

Loss of RCL Monitoring Hazard! The RCL Emergency Override Switch is to be used in
The RCL Emergency Override switch is to be used in emergency situations only.
emergency situations only. Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
R

Do not operate the crane with the RCL overridden during
normal operations.
When the RCL is overridden always have a helper on the
ground to signal you.
The RCL system, when programmed accurately, will lockout
the three craning functions—boom down, telescope extend,
and hoist up—when a lift is attempted at or above the crane's
capacity or when a two-block condition exists. Locking out
these three functions prevents the overload or two-block
condition from worsening.
The RCL emergency override switch (3, Figure 3-13) is a key
operated switch that is located inside the operator cab on the
panel assembly behind the seat. When actuated (turned
normal operations.
When the RCL is overridden, always have a helper on the
ground to signal you.
The RCL system, when programmed accurately, will lockout
the three craning functions—boom down, telescope extend,
and hoist up—when a lift is attempted at or above the crane's
capacity or when a two-block condition exists. Locking out
these three functions prevents the overload or two-block
condition from worsening.
The RCL emergency override switch is located inside a key-
locked single-door enclosure (1, Figure 3-14) that is
attached to the outside rear of the operator's cab. The switch
is a two-position momentary rocker switch with integral

3-20 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
indicator that, when actuated, will override and prevent the
RCL, for a period of 30 minutes, from locking out the three
craning functions (boom down, telescope extend, and hoist
up) should an overload or two-block condition occur.
Overriding the RCL with this switch should only be done in
the case of an emergency or when servicing the boom.
The indicator in the override switch will illuminate red and the
RCL and A2B override indicators on the RCL display will
flash to indicate the switch has been activated. Upon
activation, all craning function movements are reduced to
15% of their normal maximum speeds.
The RCL override function is automatically cancelled after 30
minutes. The RCL override function can also be cancelled by
the operator by either pressing the RCL emergency override
switch a second time, by turning off the engine, or by turning
the crane function power switch off.
Refer to the RCL operator's manual for more information.
O
ce
1 The following checklist items are suggested specifically for
en
er
7649-36
FIGURE 3-14
ef
RCL Internal Light Bar (Optional) (Not
Shown)
R
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) Internal Light Bar is
located on the upper left hand corner of the crane cab. The
RCL is an operational aid that warns a crane operator of
approaching overload conditions and over hoist conditions
that could cause damage to equipment and personnel.
Strobe Light or Beacon (Optional) (Not
Shown)
The strobe light or beacon is on the roof of the cab. It is on
when the ignition switch is on.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Backup Alarm (Not Shown)
The backup alarm is an audio system used to warn
personnel outside the crane when the crane is backing up.
The alarm system is electrical and consists of the backup
alarm and its associated wiring. The alarm is connected to
the electrical wiring for the transmission reverse solenoids. It
is activated when the transmission shifter is in the reverse
position. The backup alarm is installed in the rear outrigger
box behind the grill plate.
Emergency Exit
y
The windshield is considered the Emergency Exit. In an
emergency, push out on the windshield and escape through
the opening.
nl
OPERATING PROCEDURES
Pre-Starting Checks
A complete walk-around visual inspection of the crane
should always be made with special attention to structural
damage, loose equipment, leaks, or other conditions that
would require immediate correction for safety of operation.
3
the operator’s benefit to make certain his crane is prepared
for starting the day’s work.
Fuel Supply
Check the fuel level and make sure the cap is on tight.
Engine Oil
Check the oil level in the crankcase and fill to the FULL mark
on the dipstick. Do not overfill.
Engine Coolant
Check the coolant level in the radiator surge tank sight
gauge and fill to the proper level. Do not overfill. Check to
make sure the radiator and reservoir caps are secure.
Batteries
Check that the battery cables and clamps are tight and not
corroded.
Signal and Running Lights
Check all signal and running lights for proper operation.
Replace burned out lamps with those of the same number or
equivalent.
Foot and Parking Brakes
Check the foot and parking brakes for proper operation.
Daily Lubrication
Make certain that all components requiring daily lubrication
have been serviced. (Refer to Lubrication, page 5-1.)
3-21
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Hydraulic Reservoir and Filter -29°C (-20°F) Package

Check hydraulic fluid quantity level and filter condition • Battery heater
indicator. Check breather for cleanliness and ensure it is
• Fuel line heater
secure.
• Engine hood insulation
Tires
• Fan clutch
Check for severe cuts, foreign objects embedded in treads,
and for correct inflation pressures. A tire inflation chart, • Radiator air shutters
providing the correct air pressures, is located in the Load • Air diverter
Chart Book in the crane cab.
• Diesel fired cab heater
Hoist Rope
• Cold weather alternator

y
Inspect hoist rope in accordance with applicable Federal
Regulations. • Fluids suitable to -29°C (-20°F)

nl
Inspect sheaves, guards, guides, drums, flanges, and any - Arctic windshield washer fluid
other surfaces that may come in contact with the rope for any - Arctic fuel
condition that could cause possible damage to the rope.
-40°C (-40°F) Package

O
Hook Block
• Coolant heater (to circulate warm coolant through
Visually inspect for nicks, gouges, cracks, and evidence of heaters and engine)
any other damage. Replace any hook that contains cracks or
• Transmission heater
shows evidence of excessive deformation of the hook
ce
opening, including twist. Be sure the safety latch is free and • Swivel heater
aligned.
• Battery heater
Air Cleaner • Fuel line heater
Check filter and tubing for security.
en

• Engine hood insulation

Cold Weather Operation • Fan clutch

Regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C (15°F) are • Radiator shutters
considered arctic. The following recommendations are for • Air diverter
er

operating Grove cranes in very low (i.e., sub-zero)

temperatures. • Diesel fired cab heater

Use particular care to ensure cranes operated in very cold • Cold weather alternator
temperatures are operated and maintained in accordance • Super-capacitor starting system
ef

with procedures as provided by Manitowoc.Always ensure

adequate lubrication during system warm-up and proper • Fluids suitable to -40°C (-40°F):
operation of all crane functions when operating in cold - Arctic windshield washer fluid
weather. Regardless of oil viscosity of the crane’s lubricants,
R

alwa ys fo llow co ld we ath er sta rt-up an d o pera ting - Arctic fuel

procedures described in the Operator Manual.
Individual crane functions should be operated to ensure they
To ensure adequate lubrication during system warm-up and are sufficiently warmed prior to performing a lift.
proper operation of all crane functions, (Refer to Arctic
Operation of cranes at full rated capacities in ambient
Lubricants and Conditions, page 5-3.) If in doubt of the
temperatures between -9°C and -40°C (15°F and -40°F) or
suitability of a specific fluid or lubricant, check with an
lower should be accomplished only by competent operators
authorized Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care.
who possess the skill, experience, and dexterity to ensure
Cranes should have appropriate hydraulic oil, lubricants, and
smooth operation.
other auxiliary items required for operation in sub-zero
temperatures. Shock loading shall be avoided. See Section 5 of this manual
for more detailed information on operation of cranes down to
Manitowoc recommends the crane is equipped with the
-40°C (-40°F).
following cold weather accessories:

3-22 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Component Coolant Heater
A diesel fueled coolant heater circulates warm coolant
through engine and crane components when operating
during arctic temperatures. Activate coolant heater 2 hours
before starting the crane to allow sufficient time to preheat
fluids and assist with easy start-up conditions.
WARNING
Explosion Hazard!
Before switching on, check if the heater can be operated
at the current site of the crane. There is a danger of
explosion when using the heater around combustible
objects! Do not park the vehicle near objects that are
flammable.
Use caution near the exhaust tailpipe as it will also
become very hot.
O
NOTE: Operation of the heater is not permissible:
• At locations where flammable gas or vapors
are found or can be formed (example: at fuel
ce
stations and chemical factories)
• At locations where explosive dust is found or
can be formed (example: coal, wood or grain
dust).
en
• There is a risk of suffocation when using the
heater!
• Do not operate the heater in enclosed spaces
(example: garages).
er
To activate the heater, ensure the fuel supply valve from the
heater fuel reservoir is turned to the ON position. Ensure the
battery disconnect switch is turned to the ON position and
push the activation button at the heater control panel. A
green light will illuminate indicating the system is activated.
ef
The start-up and shutdown cycles may take approximately 2
minutes for initialization. Ensure the coolant, transmission
heater, swivel, battery heater, in-line fuel pump, in-line fuel
R
heater, and hydraulic reservoir heater are heating properly.
To de-activate the heater, push the button at the heater
control panel. The green light will turn off indicating the
system is de-activated. The shutdown cycle may take
approximately 2 minutes.
NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when
the crane engine is switched off. If you run the
heater while the crane engine is stopped, the
batteries voltage will need to be recharged after
short periods of time.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Radiator Shutters
When starting the engine, shutters on the radiator will close
and then open when coolant temperature reaches 71°C
(160°F).
Auxiliary Cab Heater
The superstructure crane cab is heated with an auxiliary air
heating system that runs independently of the engine. Heat
is generated by burning fuel from the heater fuel reservoir.
To heat the operator’s cab, activate the auxiliary diesel
heater and adjust the temperature control switch mounted in
y
the overhead panel. The fan for the heating system delivers
warm air into an air distribution box. Air is circulated accord-
ing to control settings and delivered into the crane cab by a
nl
fan through various air extraction and air delivery vents.
Do not cover vents with bags, articles of clothing, or any other
objects. Keep hot air inlet and hot air outlet free of dirt and
foreign bodies. Soiled or blocked hot air lines may cause
overheating and result in damage.
The crane auxiliary cab heater can be operated while the die-
3
sel engine is running or is stopped as part of the programma-
ble auxiliary heating system). The standard hot water crane
cab heater can also be turned on after the engine has started
and is warmed to operating temperature.
NOTE: When using the heater at high altitudes, the factory
heater setting will need to be re-calibrated for
proper heater operation.
• Heating at altitudes up to 1,500 m (4,921 ft)
Unlimited heating is possible
• Heating at altitudes over 1,500 m - 3,000 m and (4,921 ft
- 9,842 ft)
Heating is possible for short periods at this altitude
(example: driving over a mountain pass or taking a break
while travelling between job sites).
During longer stays, (example: construction job project), the
fuel supply must be adjusted to the altitude or the heater will
malfunction. This can be done by installing an air pressure
sensor kit (Manitowoc part number 90037674). Contact an
authorized Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care
for additional assistance.
NOTE: Accelerated discharging of battery will occur when
the crane engine is switched off. If you run the
heater while the crane engine is stopped, the
batteries voltage will need to be recharged after
short periods of time.
3-23
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Battery Heater
If machine is equipped with cold weather package, ensure
battery heater coolant valve is switched off in ambient
temperatures above -9°C (15°F).
Air Diverter
An air diverter directs warmed air collected from under the
engine hood when the temperature is below -9°C (15°F) to
preheat the air intake going to the engine.
If machine is equipped with cold weather package, ensure
air diverter is switched to outside air intake in ambient
temperatures above -9°C (15°F).
Super Capacitor
The super capacitor provides additional cranking during cold
weather startup. The super capacitor is connected to the
standard batteries with an isolation relay. The positive relay
feed is activated when the key is in the crank and run
O
positions.The super capacitor allows the starter to be
cranked for 30 seconds then cycled off for 60 seconds before
cranking again until the engine starts.
If crane has been left with battery disconnected for an
ce
extended period of time, super capacitor will need up to 30
minutes to charge before having full cranking capacity.
Charge of capacitor can be measured by the following:
• Turn battery disconnect to on position.
en
• Press black button located on top of capacitor:
• If light flashes green, capacitor is charging and may not
successfully start machine.
er
• If light is solid green, capacitor is charged and ready for
starting.
Any other color or flash pattern may indicate an error,
reference decal located on capacitor.
ef
Diesel Fuel
Diesel fuel with low temperature characteristics is required to
operate the engine down to an ambient temperature range
R
from - 40°C (-40°F) to 49°C (120°F). Refer to the applicable
engine manual for proper specifications.
Use correct grade of fuel for the prevailing temperature.
Diesel fuel should have a cloud point of 6°C (10°F) less than
the lowest expected temperature. In case of emergency,
kerosene may be added to the fuel to bring the cloud point
down to the required temperature.This will minimize clogging
of filters and small passages by wax crystals. The addition of
kerosene is NOT recommended for general use. Refer to the
Cold Weather Package and Lubricants, page 5-3 of this
operator manual.
3-24 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
CAUTION
Engine Damage Hazard!
If “Ultra Low Sulfur” fuel is not used in engines that require
it, the engine warranty will be void. Engine performance
will quickly deteriorate and it may stop running.
Operation Below -40°C (-40°F)
For crane operation below -40°F, capacities shall be derated
3.67% of the capacities shown on the load chart for each
y
1.8°F below -40°F (1°C below -40°C).
CRANE WARM-UP PROCEDURES
nl
The following procedures detail the actions that must be
taken to properly warm the different crane components
before operating the crane.
NOTE: For temperatures below -9°C (15°F) refer to arctic
lubricants and conditions in the Operator and
Service Manuals.
Before starting the crane, ensure the appropriate lubricants
are used for the prevailing ambient temperatures in which
the crane will operate in (a list of lubricants and their
temperature ranges can be found in the Lubrication section
of your crane’s Operator Manual, by contacting your local
Manitowoc distributor, or by contacting Manitowoc Crane
Care directly).
CAUTION
Crane Damage Hazard!
Operating the crane with the incorrect lubricants and
fluids for the prevailing ambient temperature and/or failing
to adequately warm the crane prior to cold weather
operation can lead to a failure of a crane component or
system.
Always use Manitowoc recommended lubricants and
fluids for the prevailing ambient temperature and properly
start and warm the crane using the cold weather
procedures found in this Operator ’s Manual and
supplement before operating the crane at full load.
Engine
Warm-up Procedures for All Temperature Ranges:
1. Upon startup, allow the engine to idle for 3 to 5 minutes
before operating with a load.
2. Cold Engine Startup: After allowing the engine to warm
by idling it for 3 to 5 minutes, slowly increase the engine
speed to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings
and to allow the oil pressure to stabilize.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Transmission
Operating the transmission with a sump temperature below
normal operating temperature is limited to:
• operating in the neutral gear or
• driving with an unloaded crane while not exceeding
1500 engine RPM and not exceeding half throttle.
Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT) and
Industrial Cranes:
1. Engage the parking brake and apply the service brake.
2. Shift the transmission into the highest gear and increase
the engine RPM to 1500 for 15 seconds, then allow the
engine RPM to return to idle.
3. Repeat Step 2 until the temperature of the transmission
sump reaches normal operating temperature.
Alternate Warm-up Procedures for Rough Terrain (RT),
O
Truck Mount (TM/TMS), and Industrial Cranes:
1. Setup the crane on outriggers.
2. Engage the transmission with 4-wheel drive selected (if
ce
equipped) and allow crane to run at idle until the
temperature of the transmission sump reaches normal
operating temperature.
NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause
en
transmission damage.
Hoist
Performing a warm-up procedure is recommended at every
er
startup and is required at ambient temperatures below 4°C
(40°F).
Warm-up Procedures:
1. Without operating the hoist function, warm the hydraulic
ef
oil (see Hydraulic Oil System, page 3-25).
2. Once hydraulic system is warm, operate the unloaded
hoist, in both directions, at low speeds several times to
R
prime all hydraulic lines with warm hydraulic oil and to
circulate gear lubricant through the planetary gear sets.
Swing Drive and Turntable Bearing
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Above -7°C
(20°F):
1. Setup crane on fully extended outriggers, with boom
fully retracted and near maximum lift angle with no load
applied.
2. Rotate the superstructure at a speed of less than one
RPM for at least one complete revolution in one
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
direction, then rotate the superstructure at a speed of
less than one RPM for at least one complete revolution
in the opposite direction.
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -7°C
(20°F):
1. Ensure the boom is fully retracted and near maximum lift
angle with no load applied.
2. Rotate the superstructure at a speed of less than one-
half RPM for at least two complete revolutions in one
direction, then rotate the superstructure at a speed of
less than one-half RPM for at least two complete
y
revolutions in the opposite direction.
Axles
nl
Warm-up Procedures for Temperatures Below -35°C
(-30°F):
1. Setup the crane on outriggers.
2. Engage the transmission (see Transmission, page 3-25)
with 4-wheel drive selected (if equipped) and allow
crane to run at idle until temperature of the transmission
sump reaches normal operating temperature.
3
NOTE: Warm-up operation of 4-wheel drive transmission
engaged in 2-wheel drive only could cause
transmission damage.
Hydraulic Oil System
Operating Limits and Warm-up Procedures:
• From 4°C to -10°C (40°F to 15°F): Crane operation
without a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and
medium function speed (joystick position) until the fluid
reaches at least 10°C (50°F). It is then recommended
that all crane functions be cycled to remove cold fluid
from all components and cylinders of the hydraulic
system.
• If there is any unusual sound coming from the crane’s
hydraulic pumps or motors, stop operation and engine
immediately and contact a Manitowoc distributor.
• From 10°C to 4°C (50°F to 40°F): Crane operation with
a load is allowed with medium engine RPM and medium
function speed (joystick position) until the fluid reaches
at least 10°C (50°F).
• From 95°C to 10°C (200°F to 50°F): Crane operation
with a load is allowed with no restrictions.
Above 95°C (200°F): No crane operation is allowed. Let the
crane’s hydraulic oil cool by running the engine at idle with no
functions actuated.
3-25
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Engine Operation
Starting and shutdown procedures for most diesel engines
generally follow the same pattern. Therefore, the following
procedures can be applied except where specific differences 1
are noted. (Refer to the applicable engine manufacturers
manual for detailed procedures.)

Starting Procedure
Make an under-the-hood inspection for fuel, oil, and coolant
leaks, worn drive belts, and trash build-up

y
CAUTION
Health Hazard!

nl
Diesel engine exhaust can be harmful to your health. Only 7693-2 FIGURE 3-15
operate the engine in a well ventilated area or vent
exhaust outside. Warm Engine

O
Unexpected Operation Hazard! NOTE: The engine ECM monitors the engine and, under
Before starting engine, apply parking brake and engage certain conditions, cycles the air heater on and off
the swing lock. at start-up and during operation.
The engine is equipped with an electric air heater grid at the
ce
air inlet elbow to aid in cold starting and reduce white smoke
at start-up. In the preheat mode, the engine should not be
CAUTION cranked until the Wait-to-Start lamp turns off.
Machine Damage! 1. Ensure parking brake is set to ON, position transmission
en

Never crank the engine for more than 30 seconds during to neutral, and depress the service brake foot pedal.
an attempted start. If the engine fails to start after 30
NOTE: Engine will not crank unless the transmission shift
seconds, stop and allow the starter motor to cool for
lever is in neutral and the service brake foot pedal
approximately two minutes before attempting another
is depressed.
start.
The buzzer will sound upon turning the Ignition
er

If the engine fails to start after four attempts, correct the

malfunction before attempting further starts. Switch to START and turn off after proper engine oil
pressure is reached.
Use the correct grade of oil for the prevailing temperature in 2. Turn Ignition switch to START and release immediately
ef

the crankcase to prevent hard cranking. Diesel fuel should
have a cloud point of 6°C (10°F) less than the lowest
expected temperature. In case of emergency, white
kerosene may be added to the fuel to bring the pour point
R
when the engine starts. Do not push or hold the throttle
down. The ECM will automatically provide the proper
amount of fuel to start the engine.

down to the required temperature.This will prevent clogging
of filters and small passages by wax crystals. The addition of
kerosene is NOT recommended for general use.
Battery Disconnect Switch
Ensure Battery Disconnect Switch handle (1) (Figure 3-15) is
in the ON position (handle shown in the OFF position)
3. Immediately check engine instruments and warning
lights for proper indication after starting.
CAUTION
Engine Damage!
If any warning light stays on or indicator(s) do not display
proper readings, shut down the engine and correct the
malfunction before resuming operation.

4. Allow engine to warm up at least five minutes before

applying a load. Do not race engine for a faster warm up.

3-26 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Cold Engine
WARNING
Risk of Explosion!
Do not spray starting fluid into the air inlet. The spray will
contact the heater elements and could explode causing
personal injury.
NOTE: The engine ECM monitors the engine and, under
certain conditions, cycles the air heater on and off
at start-up and during operation.
The engine is equipped with an electric air heater grid at the
air inlet elbow to aid in cold starting and reduce white smoke
at start-up. In the preheat mode, the engine should not be
cranked until the Wait-to-Start lamp turns off.
O
1. Prior to starting a cold engine, ensure the Crane
Function switch is positioned to OFF.
2. Ensure the parking brake is set to On, position the
transmission to neutral, and depress the service brake
ce
foot pedal.
NOTE: The engine will not crank unless the transmission
shift lever is in neutral and the service brake foot
pedal is depressed.
en
The buzzer will sound upon turning the Ignition
Switch to START and turn off after proper engine oil
pressure is reached.
3. The Wait-to-Start lamp is illuminated during the preheat
er
time that takes place when the Ignition switch is in the
ON position during cold weather starting. To minimize
cranking time during cold weather starting, the engine
should not be cranked until the Wait-to-Start lamp turns
off.
ef
4. Turn the Ignition switch to START and release
immediately when the engine starts. Do not push or hold
the throttle down. The ECM will automatically provide
R
the proper amount of fuel to start the engine.
5. Immediately check the engine instruments and warning
lights for proper indication after starting.
CAUTION
Engine Damage!
If any warning light stays on or indicator(s) do not display
proper readings, shut down the engine and correct the
malfunction before resuming operation.
6. Allow engine to warm up at least five minutes before
applying a load. Do not race engine for a faster warm up.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Detailed cold weather starting and operating procedures are
covered in the engine manual.
Idling the Engine
Idling the engine unnecessarily for long periods of time
wastes fuel and fouls injector nozzles. Unburned fuel causes
carbon formation, oil dilution, formation of lacquer or gummy
deposits on the valves, pistons, and rings, and rapid
accumulation of sludge in the engine.
NOTE: When prolonged idling is necessary, maintain at
least 850 rpm.
Racing the Engine
y
NEVER race the engine during the warm-up period. NEVER
nl
operate the engine beyond governed speed (as might occur
in downhill operation or downshifting). Engine bearings,
pistons, and valves may be damaged if these precautions
are not taken.
Shutdown Procedure
1. Allow the engine to operate at idle for about five minutes
to avoid high internal heat rise and allow for heat
dissipation.
3
2. Turn the Ignition switch to OFF.
Transporting the Crane
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
Dead end lug not to be used as tie down point for boom
during transportation. Failure to comply may result in
machine damage. When the boom is secured for
transport, boom shall not be constrained. All securement
must allow for reasonable freedom of movement.
Crane Travel Operation
Traveling — General
WARNING
Inadvertent Operation Hazard!
Before traveling, ensure the crane function switch is in the
off position. This will prevent inadvertent operation of
craning functions due to bumping of the controllers while
traveling.
RT machines are subject to the same road regulations as
any truck regarding gross weight, width, and length
limitations.
3-27
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Although RT machines are specifically designed for rough
terrain, the operator should be extremely cautious and aware
of the terrain in which he is operating.
WARNING
Tipping Hazard!
Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any other
obstacles which might subject the crane to undue
stresses or possible overturn.
Do not drive the crane with the boom off center because
automatic oscillation lockout will occur, making the crane
subject to tipping on uneven surfaces. Center the boom
over the front, turn the Swing Brake Switch to ON and
engage the Turntable Lock Pin (if equipped).
Fully retract the boom and ensure the swingaway jib is
O
properly stowed and secured.
CAUTION
ce
Machine Damage!
Traveling at speeds greater than 16 km/h (10 mph) with
the fixed counterweight installed and the boom extension
stowed can result in axle failure if the boom angle is less
en
than 10°.
When traveling at speeds greater than 16 km/h (10 mph)
in the above configuration, ensure that the boom is
elevated to an angle between 10° to 20° and the hook
block is stowed in the storage tray.
er
CAUTION
ef
Machine Damage!
Traveling at speeds greater than 16 km/h (10 mph) with
the hydraulically removable counterweight installed and
the boom extension stowed can result in axle failure if the
R
boom angle is less than 15°.
When traveling at speeds greater than 16 km/h (10 mph)
in the above configuration, ensure that the boom is
elevated to an angle between 15° to 20° and the hook
block is stowed in the storage tray.
3-28 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
Do not travel with an empty hook in a position where it can
swing freely (except where noted). Either remove the
hook block and/or headache ball from the hoist cable(s)
and stow securely or make sure the hook block or
headache ball is properly secured to the tie down
provided for that purpose.
Do not drive the crane with the lift cylinder bottomed. At a
minimum, position the boom slightly above horizontal.
y
Fully retract the outrigger jack cylinders and properly store
the floats.
nl
Disengage Main Hydraulic Pump via pump disconnect for
cold weather starting of the engine (Sub-Zero). Pump
must be re-engaged for travel.
Use four-wheel drive only when greater traction is necessary.
(Refer to Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page 3-33 for
operating instructions.)
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
On open ground, tow or pull only on the tow/tie-down lugs
or with the optional pintle hook.
Do not tow or pull in 1st gear with the Drive Axle Selector
Switch in two-wheel drive position. Severe damage to the
drive train will result. Always engage four-wheel drive.
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
transmission or axles may occur if the operator attempts
to free the crane unassisted.
There are two tow/tie-down lugs installed on each end of the
crane. Use both lugs to tow or pull the crane.
Ensure the outrigger beams and jack cylinders are fully
retracted with the floats properly stowed.
Traveling on Slopes
Crane operators need to exercise caution whenever
operating the crane on uneven surfaces. Travel on slopes is
permitted if the following conditions are met.
• Do not exceed a 15% (8.5°) slope side-to-side or fore-
and-aft.
• Travel must be on an improved surface or on hard-
packed dry earth having a minimum 0.5 coefficient of
adhesion.
• Limit travel to a forward direction only.
• Do not exceed a speed of 1.6 km/h (1 mph).
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

• Fully retract all boom sections. Exercise caution whenever driving the crane with the boom
elevated. Travel with the boom elevated is permitted if the
• Stow or remove the boom extension from the crane.
following steps are followed:
• Lower the boom to horizontal and position over the front
• Limit travel to firm, level surfaces.
of the crane.
• Inspect the route of travel prior to moving the crane. Pay
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
particular attention to any changing conditions in the
• Either the hook block may be reeved over the main terrain being traversed. Also, avoid any overhead
boom nose or the headache ball may be reeved over the obstructions.
main boom nose or auxiliary boom nose; the other must
• Travel must be performed in a controlled fashion.
be removed. If the hook block or headache ball remains
reeved on the boom, it must be secured at the tie down • Do not exceed a speed of 24 km/h (15 mph).
on the carrier to prevent swinging.

y
• Inflate tires to the recommended pressure for travel
• Inflate tires to the recommended pressure for pick and operations.
carry operations.

nl
• When using the towing attachments, the boom must
• Ensure the hydraulic tank is filled to the specified level. remain horizontal.
Ensure the fuel tank is over half full.
• Fully retract all boom sections.

O
• Do not support any loads by the boom (i.e., no pick and
• Refer to Traveling with Boom Extension and/or Inserts
carry loads) while traversing a slope.
Erected, page 3-30 if the boom extension is in the
• Remove all cribbing or other non-standard accessories erected position.
from the crane.
• Position the boom over the front of the crane.
3
ce
• Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces, and any
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
other obstacles that might subject the crane to undue
stresses and possible overturn. • The hook block may be reeved over the main boom
nose. The headache ball may be reeved over the main
• Conduct all travel with the assistance of a ground person
boom nose or auxiliary boom nose. The block and ball
en

to warn the operator of any changing conditions in the

may be suspended below the boom nose. It is also
terrain being traversed.
acceptable to secure the block or the ball to the tie down
The owner/lessee must take appropriate measures to point on the carrier to prevent swinging if necessary.
ensure that all persons operating or working with the affected
• Limit boom angle to a maximum of 20°.
models are in compliance with The Manitowoc Company,
er

Inc. recommendations. The operator of the crane assumes • Do not support any load from the boom (see Pick and
responsibility for determining the suitability of traveling on a Carry Load chart for limitations for this application).
slope. Traveling on a slope should only be attempted under
• Remove all cribbing or other non-standard accessories
the controlled conditions specified in these guidelines, and
from the crane.
ef

must be conducted with the utmost diligence and care to

ensure the safety of all personnel performing the operation
and/or working around the crane.
Should the operator need to traverse slopes outside the
R
• Avoid holes, rocks, extremely soft surfaces and any
other obstacles that might subject the crane to undue
stresses and possible overturn.

criteria defined in the above guidelines contact The • Ensure adequate clearance to any overhead
Manitowoc Company, Inc. for further guidance. obstructions that the crane may be required to travel
beneath.
Traveling with Elevated Boom
• Ensure that all personnel involved in the operation and
those working around the crane are aware of any
hazards that may be encountered and are trained about
WARNING how to avoid the hazards.
Overhead Objects Hazard
Contacting overhead objects while driving the crane may
result in death, severe injury, and/or equipment damage.
Traveling with the boom elevated should only be
attempted under the controlled conditions specified in this
section.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-29

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Traveling with Boom Extension and/or Inserts
Erected
10.1 m (33 ft)/17.1 m (56 ft) Extension
Follow the steps below when traveling with the extension
erected:
• Position the 10.1 m (33 ft) or 17.1 m (56 ft) boom
extension at minimum offset. If traveling with just the
10.1 m (33 ft) extension, stow the stinger section on the
boom base section, not on the extension base section.
• Travel only on a firm, level surface.
• Fully retract the main boom.
• Limit main boom angle to a minimum of 0° and a
maximum of 40°.
• Do not exceed a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
• Ensure main counterweight is installed.
O
• Position the boom over the front of the crane.
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
• Remove hook block from main boom nose.
ce
• Headache ball may be reeved over boom extension,
hanging 0.9 m (3 ft) below sheave.
10.1 m (33 ft)/17.1 m (56 ft) Extension Plus 6.1 m
(20 ft) Insert
en
Follow the steps below when traveling with the extension
and insert erected:
• Position the 10.1 m (33 ft) or 17.1 m (56 ft) boom
extension plus 6.1 m (20 ft) insert at minimum offset. If
er
traveling with just the 10.1 m (33 ft) extension and insert,
stow the stinger section on the boom base section, not
on the extension base section.
ef
• Travel only on a firm, level surface.
• Fully retract the main boom.
• Limit main boom angle to a minimum of 0° and a
R
maximum of 20°.
• Do not exceed a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
• Ensure main counterweight is installed.
• Position the boom over the front of the crane.
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
• Remove hook block from main boom nose.
• Headache ball may be reeved over boom extension,
hanging 0.9 m (3 ft) below sheave.
10.1 m (33 ft) Extension Plus 12.2 m (40 ft) Insert
Follow the steps below when traveling with the extension
and insert erected:
3-30 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
• Position the 10.1 m (33 ft) boom extension plus 12.2 m
(40 ft) insert at the minimum offset. Stow the stinger
section on the boom base section, not on the extension
base section.
• Travel only on a firm, level surface.
• Fully retract the main boom.
• Limit main boom angle to a minimum of 0° and a
maximum of 20°.
• Do not exceed a speed of 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
• Ensure main counterweight is installed.
y
• Position the boom over the front of the crane.
• Engage the swing brake and turntable lock pin.
nl
• Remove hookblock from main boom nose.
• Headache ball may be reeved over boom extension,
hanging 0.9 m (3 ft) below sheave.
Extended Travel
Depending upon the tire manufacturer, the higher inflation
pressures normally specified for lifting on rubber are not
recommended for site to site transfer over extended
distances. The higher static/creep 8 km/h (5 mph) inflation
pressures may remain in the tire while operating the crane
on site within a distance of less than 6.4 km (4 mi).
CAUTION
Tire Damage!
For extended travel, check the cold tire pressure prior to
start. (Refer to tire inflation chart in Load Chart Book.)
After every one hour of travel time, regardless of ambient
temperature, stop and allow the tires to cool off for at least
30 minutes. At the destination, the tires must be allowed
to cool to ambient temperature before crane lifting on
rubber.
Traveling — Forward
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
Engage the turntable lock pin for extended travel. Failure
to engage the lock pin may allow the superstructure to
swing uncontrolled, damaging the machine and/or
property.
1. With the Transmission Shift Lever in the neutral (N)
position, start the engine and allow it to adequately
warm up.
2. Depress the Service Brake Foot Pedal.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
WARNING
Run-away Crane Hazard!
Releasing the parking brake while the low service brake
pressure indicator is illuminated and the buzzer is
sounding, indicating the service brakes are inoperable,
may result in the crane rolling away freely without the
ability of the operator to stop the crane.
Never release the parking brake while the low service
brake pressure indicator is illuminated and the buzzer is
sounding.
3. Disengage the parking brake.
4. Position the Drive Axle Switch to either two-wheel high
or four-wheel low.
O
CAUTION
Use four-wheel drive only when more traction is required.
5. Lift Transmission Shift Lever up out of its detent and
ce
push the lever to the forward (F) position, then rotate the
Transmission Shift Lever Knob to the first (1) gear
position. The gear selection “F1” will appear in the LCD
Display to indicate that forward propulsion and first (1)
gear have been selected; if the Service Brake Foot
en
Pedal is not depressed prior to shifting to a gear, the
gear selection will flash in the LCD Display until the
Transmission Shift Lever is returned to the neutral (N)
position and the transmission will not shift.
er
6. Release the Service Brake Foot Pedal and depress the
Foot Throttle Pedal until maximum first gear speed is
attained, then rotate the Transmission Shift Lever Knob
to the second (2) gear position to continue to increase
ef
speed. For additional speed, continue shifting to a
higher gear.
R
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
Do not downshift to a lower gear if the road speed is
greater than the maximum speed of the lower gear.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Traveling — Reverse
Traveling in reverse is accomplished the same way as
traveling forward, except for shifting the Transmission Shift
Lever to reverse (R). Refer to Traveling — Forward, page 3-
30.
Traveling — Towing/Pulling
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
Manitowoc recommends towing or pulling another vehicle
with the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or by attaching
y
at a point no higher than the pintle hook height, or severe
damage may occur to the drivetrain.
nl
Do not tow or pull by attaching to the tie-down lugs unless
the attaching point is no higher than the pintle hook
height.
Use four-wheel drive when greater traction is necessary
to avoid severe damage to the drivetrain.
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
3
crane unassisted.
To avoid severe damage to the drive train while using the
crane to tow or pull another vehicle, follow these
recommendations:
• Ensure the boom is in a horizontal position and not
elevated above 0°.
• Ensure the outrigger beams and stabilizers are fully
retracted with the floats properly stowed.
• Tow or pull on open ground when possible.
• Connect to the optional pintle hook (if equipped) or
attach cables/straps to the crane at a point no higher
than the pintle hook height.
• Use four-wheel drive when greater traction is necessary.
(Refer to Four-Wheel Drive Operation, page 3-33 for
operating instructions.)
• Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck
or tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
crane unassisted.
• Conduct all travel with the assistance of a ground person
to warn the operator of any changing conditions in the
terrain being traversed.
3-31
OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Traveling — Being Towed/Pulled
Manitowoc recommends connecting to a pintle hook (if
equipped) or evenly attaching to the tie-down lugs when
being towed by another vehicle.,
CAUTION
Machine Damage!
It is recommended to attach cables/straps to the optional
pintle hook (if equipped) or evenly attach to the tie-down
lugs if being towed by another vehicle.
Should the crane become mired down, use a tow truck or
tractor to free the vehicle. Severe damage to the
drivetrain may occur if the operator attempts to free the
crane unassisted.
• Ensure the boom is in a horizontal position and not
elevated above 0°.
O
• Ensure the outrigger beams and stabilizers are fully
retracted with the floats properly stowed.
To avoid severe damage to the drive train while the crane
engine is disabled:
ce
• Disconnect drivelines.
• Disengage parking brake by manually turning parking
brake adjustment until axle turns free.
en
DANGER
Run-away Crane Hazard!
er
Disabling the parking brake may result in the crane rolling
away freely without the ability of the operator to stop the
crane.
Ensure wheel chocks are properly placed when parking
ef
crane with the parking brake disabled.
Death or serious injury and damage to machinery could
result from moving machinery.
R
• Secure steering to prevent turning while towing.
• Conduct all travel with the assistance of a ground person
to warn the operator of any changing conditions in the
terrain being traversed.
3-32 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
Apply service brakes and bring crane to a complete stop
before shifting transmission into reverse.
Steering
Steering is accomplished by the steering wheel and the rear
steer control. These controls, used singly or together,
provide front wheel steering, rear wheel steering, four-wheel
steering, and crabbing capabilities (Figure 3-16).
y
Front Wheel Steering
nl
Conventional front wheel steering is accomplished with the
steering wheel. This method of steering should always be
used when traveling at higher speeds.
WARNING
Unexpected Operation Hazard!
Operate the rear steer ONLY at slow speeds for added job
site maneuverability.
Rear Wheel Steering
Rear wheel steering is controlled by the Rear Steer Control
Switch. Moving the control switch to the desired position
activates the rear steer cylinders, thereby steering the crane
in the selected direction.
Four Wheel Steering
Four wheel steering is accomplished with the steering wheel
and the Rear Steer Control Switch. Depending upon which
direction the operator wishes to travel, the steering wheel is
turned opposite direction of the Rear Steer control position.
This allows the crane to turn or maneuver in close, restricted
areas.
Crabbing
Crabbing is accomplished with the steering wheel and the
Rear Steer Control Switch. Depending upon which direction
the operator wishes to travel (crab), the steering wheel is
turned in the same direction as the Rear Steer Control
Switch. This permits driving the crane forward or backward in
a crabbing manner.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

4. Select gear speed and direction of travel using the

Transmission Shift Lever and Knob.
5. Drive the crane as described under Traveling —
Forward, page 3-30.

6. Return the Drive Axle Selector Switch to the two-wheel

high position as soon as two-wheel traction will suffice
6402-1
and crane motion has stopped; again, the Service Brake
Front-Wheel Rear Wheel
Foot Pedal must be depressed and the Transmission
Shift Lever must be in the neutral (N) position to shift
from four-wheel low to two-wheel high.

Differential Lock Operation (Optional)

y
nl
6402-2
CAUTION
Four-Wheel Crabbing
Unintended Operation!
FIGURE 3-16

O
When using the differential lock, steering characteristics
Four-Wheel Drive Operation may be affected.
Try to use four-wheel drive to gain adequate traction
If more traction is required due to slipping or spinning
before using the differential lock.
wheels, engage the front axle drive as follows:
3
ce
Do not operate the differential lock when traveling
downhill; at speeds above 10 mph; on hard, dry surfaces;
and/or during axle spin-out.
CAUTION
NOTE: The differential lock will not operate unless the
Machine Damage!
en

Drive Selector Switch is in the four-wheel low

Do not tow or pull in 1st gear with the Drive Axle Selector position.
Switch in two-wheel drive position. Severe damage to the
drive train will result. Always engage four-wheel drive. General
The purpose of the differential lock is to provide maximum
er

traction and control on poor road or highway surfaces. When

the differential locks are actuated, the clutch collar
CAUTION completely locks the differential case, gearing, and axle
Possible Machine Damage! shafts together, maximizing traction to both wheels of each
axle. The lock position also protects against spinout. When
ef

Before shifting from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive

(or from four back to two), crane travel must be stopped. normal driving conditions exist (during periods of good
traction), differential locks should not be actuated. Axles
1. Stop the crane by depressing the Service Brake Foot should be allowed to operate with differential action between
R

Pedal. both wheels.

2. Position the Transmission Shift Lever to the neutral (N) Follow steps below when engaging/disengaging the
position. differential lock function.

3. Position the Drive Axle Selector Switch to four-wheel
low.
NOTE: If Drive Axle Selector Switch is positioned to four-
wheel low, the Service Brake Foot Pedal is not
depressed, and the Transmission Shift Lever is not
in neutral (N) position, the Four-Wheel Drive
Indicator will flash and four-wheel drive function will
not engage.
1. Lock differentials by pressing and holding the Axle
Differential Control Switch in the lock position;
disengage the function by releasing the switch.
2. Lock/unlock differentials only when vehicle is standing
still or moving at a constant low speed with wheels not
slipping.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-33

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
When driving on hard, dry surfaces with the differentials
locked, do not turn the wheels. Damage to the drive line
components can result.
Do not lock the differentials when the wheels are slipping.
Damage to the differentials can result.
3. Locked differentials cause the crane’s turning radius to
increase, creating an understeer condition; use caution,
good judgement and drive at low speeds when operating
the vehicle with locked differentials.
4. Lock the differentials only when maximum traction is
needed on poor road or highway surfaces.
O
CAUTION
Possible Loss of Vehicle Stability!
ce
Do not lock the differentials when the vehicle is traveling
down steep grades and traction is minimal.
5. Always unlock the differentials when the need for
maximum traction has passed or when traveling on good
en
road or highway surfaces.
Operation
The differential lock function should preferably be engaged
when the crane is stationary but may be engaged when
er
moving, if the following conditions are met:
1. The crane is moving very slowly (creep speed).
2. The wheels are not spinning at the time of engagement.
ef
When traveling with differentials locked, do not deviate from
a straight path more than absolutely necessary. Engage
differential locks by doing the following:
R
1. Position Axle Differential lock Control Switch to the
locked position with crane stationary or moving at slow
speed.
If moving at a slow speed, let up momentarily on the
Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve torque on the differential
gearing. This will fully engage the differential locks.
NOTE: When the differentials are locked, the Axle
Differential Locked Indicator illuminates.
2. Proceed over the poor road condition cautiously.
When the adverse condition has passed, disengage the
differential locks by doing the following:
3-34 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
1. Release the Axle Differential Lock control switch,
allowing it to return to the unlocked position while
maintaining a slow speed.
2. Let up momentarily on the Foot Throttle Pedal to relieve
torque on the differential gearing, allowing the
differential to fully unlock.
NOTE: When differentials are unlocked, the Axle
Differential Locked Indicator will not be illuminated.
3. Resume driving at a normal speed using good driving
judgement.
y
Axle Oscillation Lockouts Operation
The following procedure should be used to periodically
nl
check the axle oscillation system and ensure that it is in
proper working condition.
1. Ensure the tires are inflated to the recommended
pressure. Refer to the Load Chart Book in the crane cab
for proper inflation pressures.
2. With the hook unloaded, the boom fully retracted and
centered over the front at no more than a 10° to 15°
boom angle, position the crane on a block or curb so that
one rear tire is approximately 15 to 30 cm (6 to 12 in)
above the level of the opposite tire.
3. Slowly swing the superstructure to the left or right until
the axle oscillation lockout valve is activated. This will
lock the rear axle out of level. Do not swing beyond the
tire track.
4. After engaging the swing brake, slowly drive off of the
block or curb and stop. The rear tires should both be
touching the road surface and the opposite front tire
should be light or slightly off the road surface.
5. Release the swing brake and swing the superstructure
until it is centered over the front.
DANGER
Tipping Hazard!
Do not operate the crane if the axle oscillation lockout
system is not functioning properly.
Failure to comply with this warning may result in death or
serious injury.
If the axle oscillation lockout valve is functioning
properly, the crane will re-level itself; if the valve is not
working properly, the crane will not re-level itself. If the
rear axle does not lock or unlock properly, evaluate the
lockout system and repair as necessary.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

General Crane Operation

Pump Drive
The main hydraulic pumps are mounted on the torque
converter drive pad. The pumps operate any time the engine
is running.

Control Lever Operation

The control lever operation for all crane functions is
standard, i.e. the closer the lever is to neutral (center), the
slower the system responds. The control lever should be
returned to neutral to hold the load. Never feather the hoist

y
control lever to hold the load.
NOTE: Always operate control levers with slow, even

nl
pressure.

Preload Check
After the crane has been readied for service, an operational

O
check of all crane functions (with no load applied) should be
performed. The Preload Check is as follows: FIGURE 3-17

NOTE: Operate engine at or near governed RPM during
preload check of crane functions.
ce
Carefully read and become familiar with all crane
operating instructions before attempting a preload
check or operating the crane under load.
1. Extend and set outriggers.
en
The Load Charts are divided into structural strength and
stability limits. This is shown by the bold line across the chart.
3
Capacities above the line are structural strength limits and
capacities below the line are stability limits.
The left column is the load radius, which is the distance from
the center of crane rotation to the load center of gravity. The

top row lists various boom lengths ranging from fully

2. Raise, lower, and swing the boom a minimum of 45° retracted to fully extended or boom extension lengths and
right and left. offsets. The number at the intersection of the left column and
top row is the total load capacity for that load radius and
3. Telescope the boom in and out. boom length or boom extension lengths offset. The number
in parentheses below the total load capacity is the required
er

4. Raise and lower the cable a few times at various boom boom angle (in degrees) for that load. When the boom length
lengths. Ensure there is no kinking. or lift radius or both are between values listed, the smallest
load shown at either the next larger radius or next longer or
Using Your Load Chart shorter boom length shall be used.
ef

NOTE: One of the most important tools of every crane is Another important section is the range diagram. The range
the Load Chart found in the crane operator cab. diagram shows the operating radius and tip height that can
The Load Chart contains a large amount of information, be achieved at a given boom length and angle. If the
R

which must be thoroughly understood by the operator.
The Load Chart contains outrigger capacity charts for fully
extended, mid extended outriggers for the main boom and
boom extension, and fully retracted outrigger beams for main
boom only. In addition, the Load Chart contains two on-
rubber capacity charts: 360° stationary, and pick and carry
over front.
operator knows the radius and tip height required for a
specific lift, the angle and boom length can be quickly
determined from the range diagram. Or, if the boom length
and angle are known, the tip height and operating radius can
be quickly determined.
A lifting diagram is included to describe over side, over rear,
and over front lifting areas. The lifting area diagram shows
that the locations of the outrigger jack cylinders in the fully
extended position are used to mark the boundaries of the
lifting areas.
A boom extension capacity chart and notes are included to
list the capacities for the extension length, load radius, and
boom angle.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-35

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Another section contains the notes for lifting capacities. Be
sure to read and understand all the notes concerning lifting
capacities.
The load chart also gives weight reductions for load handling
devices such as hook blocks, headache balls, boom
extensions, etc., which must be taken into consideration as
part of the load. Remember, the weight of any other load
handling devices such as chains, slings, or spreader bars
must be added to the weight of the load.
Proper Leveling of the Crane
ASME B30.5 specifies that if a crane is not level within 1% of
grade, the allowable capacities must be reduced. Therefore,
whether lifting on rubber or outriggers, it is essential that the
crane is level to within 1% of grade. The bubble level that is
provided on the crane is calibrated to be accurate within 1%
of grade.
To properly level the crane, the boom must be positioned
O
over the front of the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and
fully retracted (for cranes fitted with a boom rest, the boom
shall be stowed onto the rest). Raise and level the crane
using the outriggers; refer to Setting the Outriggers, page 3-
ce
36.
A working crane may settle during lifting operations.
Frequently check the crane for level. When rechecking the
crane for level, the boom must be positioned over the front of
the crane, fully lowered to horizontal and fully retracted (for
en
cranes fitted with a boom rest, the boom shall be stowed
onto the rest). If necessary, relevel the crane using the
procedures under Setting the Outriggers, page 3-36.
Bubble Level Adjustment
er
The bubble level adjustment should be checked periodically;
if it is suspected that the bubble level indicator is out of
adjustment, verify and adjust the bubble level as follows:
ef
1. Locate the crane on a firm, level surface.
2. Extend and set the outriggers. Level the crane, as
indicated by the bubble level indicator, using the
outriggers.
R
3. Place a miracle pointer level, carpenter level, or similar
type device on a machined surface such as the turntable
bearing or bearing mounting surfaces.
4. Using the outriggers, level the crane as indicated on the
leveling device used in step 3.
5. Using the bubble level indicator mounting screws, adjust
the bubble level indicator to show level.
3-36 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
Crane Functions
Setting the Outriggers
1. Engage the Parking Brake.
NOTE: The Parking Brake must be engaged to enable
outrigger functions.
2. Position the outrigger floats directly out from each
outrigger to where the outriggers will be properly
extended.
CAUTION
y
Possible Machine Damage!
nl
Always depress one of the outrigger/selector switches
before positioning the outrigger extension/retraction
switch to extend or retract. Failure to do this may cause a
hydraulic lock against the individual solenoid valves,
preventing them from opening.
DANGER
Electrocution Hazard!
To avoid death or serious injury, keep all parts of this
machine, the rigging, and materials being lifted at least 20
feet away from electrical power lines and equipment.
3. If extending the outrigger to the mid-extend or fully
extended position, depress the desired Extension
Switch on the Outrigger Selector Panel and hold the
Outrigger Extension/Retraction Switch to EXTEND. The
appropriate outrigger beam begins to extend. Refer to
Engaging the Mid-Extend Lock Pin, page 3-37 if the
crane is to be operated with any outrigger at the mid-
extend position.
DANGER
Tipping Hazard!
All four outrigger beams must be deployed to one of three
positions before beginning operation, which include fully
retracted, mid-extend, or fully extended; do not operate
the crane with the outriggers in any other position.
NOTE: More than one outrigger beam can be extended at
a time. However, to ensure that each outrigger is
fully extended, repeat step 3 for each outrigger
after a multi-outrigger extension.
4. After deploying the four outrigger beams to one of the
three proper positions (fully retracted, mid-extend, fully
extended), depress the desired Stabilizer Switch on the
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Outrigger Selector Panel and hold the Outrigger
Extension/Retraction Switch to EXTEND. The
appropriate jack cylinder begins to move.
Extend each jack cylinder, positioning the float as
necessary, until the locking levers of the float engage the
jack cylinder barrel.
NOTE: More than one jack cylinder can be extended at a
time.
5. Extend front jack cylinders approximately 8 to 10 cm (3
to 4 in).
If the crane is setup on outriggers and “On Outriggers” is
chosen when programming the RCL (Figure 3-18), then the
OMS indicates to the RCL the horizontal position of each of
the four outrigger beams. Based on this information, the RCL
will default to the most conservative outrigger beam
configuration; that is, if three outriggers are fully extended
and one is retracted, the RCL will select retracted as the
outrigger configuration. A confirmation of this outrigger
configuration is all that is needed (Figure 3-19). Refer to the
Rated Capacity Limiter Operator Handbook for detailed
instructions.
NOTE: Figure 3-19 depicts all four outrigger beams in the

y
6. Extend rear jack cylinders approximately 8 to 10 cm (3 mid-extend position as indicated by the OMS and
to 4 in). RCL.

nl
NOTE: If crane is equipped with tilting cab, ensure cab is in
the lowered position before leveling machine.

7. Repeat step 4 until all wheels are clear of the ground

O
and the crane is level as indicated by the bubble level
indicator located on the right side of the cab.
NOTE: If it is suspected that the bubble level indicator is
out of adjustment, verify and adjust the bubble level
3
ce
using the procedures under Bubble Level
Adjustment, page 3-36.
en

DANGER
Tipping Hazard!
The mid-extend outrigger beam lock pin must be engaged 8127-1
FIGURE 3-18
before operating on any beam from the mid-extend
position.
er

For cranes not equipped with an Outrigger Monitoring

System, the operator must select the proper load chart
and RCL program for the outrigger position selected.
ef

NOTE: For cranes equipped with an Outrigger Monitoring

System, outrigger positions are automatically
monitored through the RCL. Refer to Outrigger
Monitoring System (OMS) (Optional—Standard in
R

North America), page 3-37.

Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) (Optional—
Standard in North America)
The Outrigger Monitoring System (OMS) aids the operator in
accurately programming the Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) 8127-2
FIGURE 3-19
by automatically identifying the horizontal position of each
outrigger beam. The OMS uses four sensors, one per Engaging the Mid-Extend Lock Pin
outrigger beam, to indicate when an outrigger beam is 1. Turn the locking pin 90° from its stowed position and
positioned to one of three pre-defined locations, including allow the pin to rest on top of the outrigger beam.
fully retracted, mid-extend, and fully extended.
NOTE: It may be necessary to jog the outrigger extension/
Set up of the outriggers is the same for cranes equipped with retraction switch slightly to ensure proper pin
OMS; refer to Setting the Outriggers, page 3-36. engagement.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-37

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

2. Slowly extend or retract the outrigger beam, allowing the extension/retraction switch slightly while pulling
locking pin to drop into the hole in the top of the outrigger upward on the pin.
beam, engaging the outrigger beam at the desired
2. Retract the outrigger extension/retraction cylinder.
length.
Swinging the Boom
Stowing the Outriggers
1. Select the rear jack cylinders with the Stabilizer Selector
switches and hold the Extension/Retraction switch to
RETRACT until the rear jack cylinders have retracted DANGER
several inches.
Crushing Hazard!
2. Select the front jack cylinders with the Stabilizer Selector Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by
switches and hold the Extension/Retraction switch to moving machinery. Before activating swing, sound the

y
RETRACT until the front jack cylinders have retracted horn and verify that all personnel are clear of rotating and
several inches. moving parts.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the crane is resting on all four
wheels and the jack cylinder floats are several inches off
the ground
nl
Keep the area beneath the boom clear of all obstructions
and personnel when lowering the boom.
The operator must select the proper load chart and RCL
program for the outrigger position selected.

O
CAUTION CAUTION
Crushing Hazard! Possible Machine Damage!
ce
Keep feet and hands clear of floats when unlocking the Never push or pull the swing control lever through neutral
floats from the jack cylinders. to the opposite direction to stop swing motion. Use the
swing brake foot pedal to stop swing rotation.
NOTE: Each jack cylinder float weighs approximately
32 kg (70 lb). NOTE: Automatic rear axle oscillation lockout will activate
en

when the boom swings right or left of the crane

4. Release the locking levers and allow the floats to drop to centerline.
the ground.
To swing the boom, the SWING control lever is pushed
5. Continue to retract the jack cylinders until they are fully forward, away from the operator, to swing CLOCKWISE, or
er

retracted. p u l l e d b a c k , t o w a r d t h e o p e r a t o r, t o s w i n g
COUNTERCLOCKWISE. Always operate the control lever
6. Depress the desired Extension rocker switch on the with a slow, even pressure. Use the swing brake foot pedal to
Outrigger Selector panel and hold the outrigger stop rotation, then position the swing brake switch to ON to
Extension/Retraction rocker switch to RETRACT. The prevent further rotation.
ef

appropriate outrigger beam should begin to retract.

Elevating the Boom
NOTE: More than one outrigger may be retracted at one
time.
R

7. After all outriggers have been fully retracted, stow the

outrigger floats.
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Stowing the Mid-Extend Lock Pin
Keep the area above and below the boom clear of all
1. Lift the lock pin and turn it 90° to its stowed position. obstructions and personnel when elevating the boom.
NOTE: If the lock pin is wedged in the hole in the outrigger
To elevate the boom, pull the BOOM (lift) control lever back,
beam, it may be necessary to jog the outrigger
toward the operator, and hold until the boom reaches the
desired elevation level.

3-38 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Lowering the Boom If crane is equipped with an auxiliary hoist, push on the top of
the Telescope Control Foot Pedal to extend the boom.
Retracting the Boom

DANGER
Crushing and/or Tipping Hazard!
Keep the area beneath the boom clear of all obstructions WARNING
and personnel when lowering the boom. Crushing Hazard!
Long cantilever booms can create a tipping condition, When retracting the boom, the load will lower unless the
even when unloaded and in an extended, lowered hoist cable is taken in at the same time
position.

y
For normal crane operation, ensure the Boom Manual/
Automatic Mode Selector Switch is positioned to automatic
CAUTION mode and the Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch is set to the

nl
Possible Machine Damage! desired boom telescoping mode.
When lowering the boom, simultaneously let out the hoist
If the crane is not equipped with an auxiliary hoist, pull the
cable to prevent two-blocking the boom nose and hook
Boom In/Out Control lever rearward, toward the operator, to
block.

O
retract the boom.
The closer the load is carried to the boom nose, the more
important it becomes to simultaneously let out the hoist If crane is equipped with an auxiliary hoist, push on the
cable as the boom is lowered. bottom of the Telescope Control Foot Pedal to retract the
boom.
3
ce
To lower the boom, push the Boom Control Lever forward, Retracting the Boom Using the Boom Recovery Mode
away from the operator, and hold until the boom is lowered to
the desired position. The boom recovery mode is only to be used to recover the
boom in the event of a failure in the boom control system and
Extending the Boom must not be used to continue normal craning operations.
en

If the boom stops telescoping in and out, and the Boom

Recovery Mode Indicator is flashing, the boom can be
retracted by performing the following procedure.
DANGER
Tipping Hazard! NOTE: The Electrical System Diagnostic Indicator (11,
er

Figure 3-6) on the steering column will flash while

Before extending the boom with a load, check the Load
the Recovery Mode is active.
Chart for the maximum load allowed at a given radius,
boom angle, and length. 1. Set the Boom Recovery Mode Switch to the On position
(slide integral lock up and press bottom of switch). The
ef

Boom Recovery Mode Indicator will illuminate

CAUTION continuously.
Possible Machine Damage! 2. Set the Boom Manual/Automatic Mode Switch to the
R

Before extending the boom, ensure the large access
cover on top of the boom base section is installed.
When extending the boom, simultaneously let out the
hoist cable to prevent two-blocking the boom nose and
hook block.
For normal crane operation, ensure the Boom Manual/
Automatic Mode Selector Switch is positioned to automatic
mode and the Boom A/B Mode Selector Switch is set to the
desired boom telescoping mode.
If crane is not equipped with an auxiliary hoist, push the
Boom In/Out Control lever forward, away from the operator,
to extend the boom.
manual mode position (press top of switch).
3. Set the Boom Section 1/Section 2 Selector Switch to
either section 1 or section 2.
4. Retract the boom using the procedure under Retracting
the Boom, page 3-39.
5. Once the boom has been retracted, set the Boom
Recovery Mode Switch to the Off position (press top of
switch).
6. Position the boom in the normal travel position.
7. Stop the engine and secure the crane until the failure in
the boom control system has been corrected.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-39

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Lowering and Raising the Hoist Cable
WARNING
Crushing Hazard!
Keep the area beneath the load clear of all obstructions
and personnel when lowering or raising the cable (load).
Do not jerk the control lever when starting or stopping the
hoist. Jerking the lever causes the load to bounce, which
could result in possible damage to the crane.
NOTE: When the load is stopped at the desired height, the
automatic brake will engage and hold the load as
long as the control lever remains in neutral.
Lowering the Cable
Push the Main or Aux hoist control lever forward, away from
O
the operator, and hold until the hook or load is lowered to the
desired height.
Raising the Cable
ce
Pull the Main or Aux hoist control lever back, toward the
operator, and hold until the hook or load is raised to the
desired height.
Hoist Speed Range Selection
en
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
Do not change the hoist speed range with the hoist
er
rotating.
To change the speed range of the hoist(s), position the
applicable switch (Main Hoist Speed or optional Aux Hoist
ef
Speed) to HIGH or LOW as applicable
Operational Aids
R
WARNING
Unexpected Operation Hazard!
Electronic equipment on this crane is intended as an aid
to the operator. Under no condition should it be relied
upon to replace the use of capacity charts and operating
instructions. Sole reliance upon these electronic aids in
place of good operating practices can cause an accident.
Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) System
The Rated Capacity Limiter (RCL) is an electro-mechanical
sensing system designed to alert the crane operator of
3-40 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
impending capacity when the system has been properly
preset by the operator. The control panel is mounted in the
front console of the operator cab. When an overload
condition is sensed, the system provides the operator with a
visual and audible warning, and locks out the control levers
to prevent lowering the boom, extending the boom, or raising
the main or auxiliary hoist cables.
Three additional features are included within the RCL
system:
• Swing Angle Set Limitation
• Work Area Definition
y
• Anti-two Block Device
Swing Angle Set Limitation allows left and right swing
nl
angle to be preset. When the preset angle is reached, the
system will provide an audible warning.
Work Area Definition allows the crane operator to describe
the crane’s working area by setting up “virtual walls”. They
are referred to as virtual walls because they exist in the
system and are not real walls. The virtual walls represent
obstacles (i.e. buildings, towers, poles, etc.) in the crane’s
working range. They are set by defining points along the
outer limits of the working area with the tip of the boom. Once
the working area has been defined, the system will provide a
visual and an audible warning if the boom approaches a
virtual wall.
CAUTION
Possible Machine Damage!
When defining virtual wall(s), always allow a safe working
distance to any obstacles. Never work outside a safe
working area as defined by common practice, standards,
and manuals.
WARNING
Risk of Unexpected Operation!
There are no machine cutouts associated with the swing
angle set limitation or the work area definition features.
An Anti-Two Block Device is also incorporated into the
system to prevent the hook block or headache ball from
coming into contact with the boom nose or boom extension.
This condition will cause a lockout of hoist up, boom down,
and telescope out, and also provide a visual and an audible
alarm.
Refer to the RCL Operator Handbook for more detailed
information on the function of the RCL system.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Control Lever Lockout System

The control lever lockout system consists of hydraulic CAUTION

solenoid valves (located in the directional control valves)
which are in series between the hydraulic remote control
valves in the cab and the pilot-operated directional control
valves. When the valves are actuated, they prevent pilot flow
between the hydraulic remote control valve in the cab and
the appropriate directional control valve. The valves are
activated in such a manner as to prevent worsening the
condition, i.e. boom down, telescope out, or hoist up. The
control lever lockout system is used with the anti-two-block
system or the rated capacity limiter (RCL) system.
Risk of Undesirable Operation!
To avoid possible engine fault codes and undesirable
operation, ensure the keyswitch has been off two minutes
before disconnecting the batteries.
Disconnect batteries, if machine will be inactive for over
24 hours.
13. Turn Battery Disconnect to OFF position (shown) if
machine will be inactive for over 24 hours (Figure 3-20).

y
Stowing and Parking

nl
WARNING

O
Tipping Hazard!
Never park the crane near holes, or on rocky or extremely
soft surfaces. This may cause the crane to overturn,
resulting in injury to personnel.
3
ce
When parking the crane, do the following:
1. Park crane on a stable surface.
2. Remove load from the hook.
en

7693-2 FIGURE 3-20

3. Stow the swingaway boom extension, if erected.

4. Fully retract boom and position it in the normal travel Unattended Crane
position.
er

5. Engage swing brake and/or swing lock pin.

6. Retract all jack cylinders and outrigger beams. WARNING

Tipping Hazard!
ef

7. Apply parking brake.

Changing weather conditions including but not limited to:
8. Place all operating controls in their neutral position. wind, ice accumulation, precipitation, flooding, lightning,
etc. should be considered when determining the location
9. Position Crane Function switch to OFF. and configuration of a crane when it is to be left
R

10. Shut down engine following proper procedures specified
in this manual and applicable engine manual.
11. Remove keys.
12. Close and lock all windows, covers, and doors.
unattended.
Failure to comply with these instructions may cause death
or serious injury.
The configuration in which the crane should be left while
unattended shall be determined by a qualified, designated
individual familiar with the job site, configuration, conditions,
and limitations.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 3-41

OPERATING CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

y
nl
O
ce
This Page Blank
en
er
ef
R

3-42 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

SECTION 4
SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Accessing the Hoist Area
(Fixed counterweight units only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Travel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Working Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Boom Extension Rigging Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Erecting the Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Stowing the Boom Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Setting the Folding Swingaway Offset . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom Extension

y
Installing Cable on the Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 with the 6.1 m (20 ft) Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Erecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

nl
Boom Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Stowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Fixed Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Installing Wedge and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

O
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom
Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Removable Counterweight (Optional) . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
ce
GENERAL Travel Configuration
en

This section provides procedures for installing the hoist

cable on the hoist drum, cable reeving, and erecting and
stowing the boom extension. 1

ACCESSING THE HOIST AREA (FIXED

4
er

COUNTERWEIGHT UNITS ONLY)

Configure the hoist access area from the Travel Position
(Figure 4-1) to the Working Position (Figure 4-2).
ef

DANGER
R

Platform must not be used for hauling passengers as

death or serious injury could occur.
2
No storage of components are allowed on the platform.
7649-20
Only one person at a time is allowed on the platform. FIGURE 4-1
1. Railing (1) (Figure 4-1) is in the pinned and down
position.
2. Pull the step locking pin out, slide the step (2) in to the
travel position and release the lock pin to secure the
step in travel position.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-1

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Working Position
2 2
Place the hoist access platform hand rail (1) (Figure 4-2) and
step (2) (Fixed counterweight units only) into the working
position:
1. Pull out on the step locking pin (1) (Figure 4-2), slide the
step (2) out to the working position and release the
locking pin into the locking hole.
2. Remove two locking pins from hand rail (3) and rotate it
up into the working position, reinstall pins. 3

y
3

nl
O
7312
FIGURE 4-3

3. Insert the cable through the slot and position around the
anchor wedge (1) (Figure 4-3).
ce
NOTE: The end of the cable should be even with the
bottom of the slot for the anchor wedge (1).
1
2 4. Position the anchor wedge in the drum slot; pull firmly on
FIGURE 4-2 the free end (2) of the cable to secure the wedge.
7649-14
en

NOTE: If the wedge does not seat securely in the slot,

INSTALLING CABLE ON THE HOIST carefully tap (3) the top of the wedge with a mallet.

CAUTION
er

If cable is wound from the storage drum, the reel should

be rotated in the same direction as the hoist.

NOTE: The cable should preferably be straightened before

ef

installation on the hoist drum.

7196
Install cable on the hoist drum in accordance with the
following procedure. 5. Slowly rotate the drum, ensuring the first layer of cable is
R

evenly wound onto the drum.

1. Position the cable over the boom nose sheave and route
to the hoist drum. 6. Install the remainder of the cable, as applicable.
2. Position the hoist drum with the cable anchor slot on top. 7. Return the hoist access platform to the travel
configuration (Figure 4-1) when finished working in this
area.

CABLE REEVING
NOTE: There are two types of cable (wire rope) available
on this crane; 6 x 37 and 35 x 7 (rotation resistant).
Within the limits of the load and range charts and permissible
line pull, multi-part lines allow the operator to raise a greater
load than can be raised with a single part line. Various cable
reeving (part line) is possible with the boom nose and hook

4-2 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

block, Figure 4-7 and Figure 4-8. This reeving should be
accomplished by a qualified rigger using standard rigging
procedures.
In order to quick reeve the hook block without removing the
wedge socket on the end of the cable refer to Figure 4-4.
wire ropes they produce. Their advice should be sought for
each specific type of wire rope a crane user intends to install
on a mobile crane.
When assembly is complete, raise the boom to a working
position with a load suspended to firmly seat the wedge and
rope into the socket before the crane is used operationally.

CAUTION
If the socket is not positioned with the flat face toward the
boom sections, structural damage will occur.

y
nl
O
FIGURE 4-4

Boom Cable Reeving

ce
When reeving the boom, always reeve the main hoist wire
rope through the rope grab; if also reeving the auxiliary hoist
FIGURE 4-5
rope, reeve the auxiliary hoist rope outside of the rope grab.
When anchoring the socket to the boom, ensure the flat face
DEAD-END RIGGING/WEDGE SOCKETS of the socket is in position, as shown, toward the boom
en

sections (Figure 4-5).

Wedge socket assemblies are popular rigging accessories
and have been successfully used for decades to terminate INSTALLING WEDGE AND SOCKET
wire ropes on mobile cranes. A wedge socket assembly is
easily installed and dismantled but it must be installed and 1. Inspect the wedge and socket. Remove any rough
used correctly. It is essential to use only a wedge and socket edges and burrs.
4
er

of the correct size for the rope fitted. Failure to do so may

2. The end of the wire rope should be seized using soft, or
result in the rope pulling through the fitting.
annealed wire or strand. If the end of the rope is welded,
Since state and local laws may vary, alternate attachment the welded end should be cut off. This will allow the
ef

methods may be necessary depending upon work
conditions. If alternate methods are selected, the user is
responsible and should proceed in compliance with the
regulations in force. If there are any questions, contact your
R
distortion of the rope strands, caused by the bend
around the wedge, to adjust themselves at the end of the
line.

local Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care Live End

Do not mix components from different manufacturers. The
selection, installation and use of a wedge socket assembly Dead End
must be in accordance with the requirements of the wedge
socket manufacturer and the wire rope manufacturer upon
whose wire rope the wedge socket assembly will be used.
Grove specifies the size, type, class and line pulls for wire
rope, predominately rotation resistant wire rope, and rigging
accessories such as overhaul balls and hook blocks for use 5337
with each new crane that it manufactures. Other wire ropes
Wrong
and rigging accessories are available from various vendors.
Right
D i ff e r e n t w i r e r o p e m a n u f a c t u r e r s h a v e d i ff e r i n g
requirements for the construction, handling, cutting, seizing, FIGURE 4-6
installation, termination, inspection and replacement of the

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-3

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

3. Make sure the live-loaded side (Figure 4-6) of the rope is
directly in line with the ears of the socket and the
direction of pull to which the rope will be subjected. If the
rope is loaded into the socket incorrectly, under a load
the rope will bend as it leaves the socket, and the edge
of the socket will wear into the rope causing damage to
the rope and eventual failure.
4. Insert the end of a wire rope into the socket, form a loop
in the rope, and route the rope back through the socket
allowing the “dead” end to protrude from the socket.
Ensure the dead end of the rope is of sufficient length to
apply end treatment to the dead end after the wedge has
When using method A, place a wire rope clip around the
dead end by clamping a short extra piece of rope to the rope
dead end. DO NOT CLAMP THE LIVE END. The U-bolt
should bear against the dead end. The saddle of the clip
should bear against the short extra piece. Torque the U-bolts
according to the torques listed in Table 4-1.
NOTE: The use of swivels is not allowed in conjunction
with non-rotation resistant wire ropes
Other sources for information with which crane users should
be familiar and follow is provided by the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, American National Standard, ASME
B30.5, latest revised. ASME (formerly ANSI) B30.5 applies

y
been seated.
to cableways, cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and
5. Insert the wedge into the loop and pull the live end of the s ling s. I t stat es , in s ec tion 5 -1 .7 .3, “ (c) Swag ge d,

rope until the wedge and rope are snug inside the
socket. It is recommended that the wedge be seated
inside the socket to properly secure the wire rope by
using the crane’s hoist to first apply a light load to the live
nl
compressed, or wedge socket fittings shall be applied as
recommended by the rope, crane or fitting manufacturer.”
Wire ropes are addressed in ASME B30.5, section 5-1.7.2,
ROPES, It states, in pertinent part, “(a) The ropes shall be of

O
line. a c onst ruction rec ommende d by the ro pe or crane
manufacturer, or person qualified for that service.” Additional
6. After final pin connections are made, increase the loads
information is published by the Wire Rope Technical Board in
gradually until the wedge is properly seated.
the Wire Rope Users Manual, latest revised.
7. The wire rope and wedge must be properly secured
ce
inside the socket before placing the crane into lifting Table 4-1
service. It is the wedge that secures the wire rope inside WIRE ROPE CLIP TORQUE VALUES
the socket whereas the dead-end treatment is used to Clip Sizes *Torque
restrain the wedge from becoming dislodged from the mm Inches Nm Ft-Lbs
socket should the rope suddenly become unloaded from 3.18 1/8 6 4.5
en

the headache ball or hook block striking the ground, etc. 4.76 3/16 10 7.5
Sketches A through F (Figure 4-7) illustrate various methods 6.35 1/4 20 15
for treating the dead-ends of wire ropes which exit a wedge 7.94 5/16 40 30
socket assembly. While use of the loop-back method is 13.28 3/8 60 45
er

acceptable, care must be exercised to avoid the loop 11.11 7/16 90 65

b ec o m i n g e n ta n g l e d w i t h t r e e br a nc h e s a nd o t he r 12.70 1/2 90 65
components during crane transport and with the anti-two 14.29 9/16 130 95
block system and other components during use of the crane. 15.88 5/8 130 95
ef

Of the methods shown below, Grove prefers that method A 19.05 3/4 175 130
or F be used on Grove cranes, i.e., clipping a short piece of 22.23 7/8 300 225
wire rope to the dead-end or using a commercially available 25.40 1 300 225
specialty clip or wedge. Typically, it is recommended that the 28.58 1-1/8 300 225
R

tail length of the dead-end should be a minimum of 6 rope 31.75 1-1/4 490 360
diameters but not less than 15.2 cm (6 in) for standard 6 to 8 38.68 1-3/8 490 360
strand ropes and 20 rope diameters but not less than 38.10 1-1/2 490 360
15.2 cm (6 in) for rotation resistant wire ropes.
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon
the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.

4-4 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Specialty Clip
Specialty Wedge

A B C D E F FIGURE 4-7

y
nl
O
ce
en

4
er
ef
R

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-5

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Upper Boom
Nose Sheaves To Hoist

Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves

y
nl
O
Ball

To Hoist
ce
SINGLE PART LINE

TO HOIST
en

0° OFFSET

6415-1
er

Ball
To Hoist To Hoist
ef
R

25° OFFSET 6415-2

45° OFFSET 6415-3

SINGLE PART LINE USING BOOM EXTENSION

FIGURE 4-8

4-6 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Upper Boom
Nose Sheaves
To Main Hoist

Bottom Boom
Nose Sheaves

y
nl
Boom Nose
Dead End

O
ce
Hookblock
Sheaves

EIGHT PARTS LINE

en

4
er
ef
R

FIGURE 4-8 continued

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-7

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

ERECTING AND STOWING THE BI-FOLD
BOOM EXTENSION
Description
A 10.1 m (33 ft) fixed offsetable or a 10.1 to 17.1 m (33 to 56
ft) folding offsetable swingaway boom extension is provided
to obtain additional boom reach.
The boom extension mounts directly to the boom nose
utilizing a four point attachment. In addition, the swingaway
can be stowed on the right side of the boom base section.
Removing the attach pins from the attach points on the left
• Extension of the boom in Manual Mode, with Boom
Section 2-4 selected.
The Boom Extension Rigging Mode requires that the boom
be extended in Auto Mode with B Mode selected, or Manual
Mode with Section 1 selected until the boom automatically
stops and is clear of the guide ramps and stowage pins on
the front and rear stowage brackets.
To exit the Boom Extension Rigging Mode the boom must be
fully retracted causing the section 1 and section 2 proximity
switches to be activated. Upon exiting the Boom Extension
Rigging Mode, restrictions of boom operating modes are
removed.

y
side of the boom nose allows the swingaway to be rotated
and stowed on the right side of the boom base section. Erecting the Boom Extension

nl
The fixed swingaway weighs approximately 774 kg (1706 lb) 1. Fully extend and set the outriggers.
and the folding swingaway weighs approximately 1102 kg
2. Position the boom over the front.
(2430 lb).

O
3. Set the boom manual/automatic mode selector switch to
the AUTO position.
4. Set the boom A/B mode selector switch to the B mode.
DANGER
Before attempting to erect or stow the boom extension; 5. If extended, fully retract all the boom sections and lower
ce
read and strictly adhere to all danger decals installed on the boom to minimum elevation to permit ease of
the boom/boom nose, boom extension, and stowage installation of pins and access to the boom nose.
brackets. NOTE: The auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) does not
Lifting over the bi-fold extension base section is strictly have to be removed. However, if reeved, the hoist
cable must be removed from the sheave.
en

prohibited, when the fly extension is either erected or

folded along side of extension base section. 6. Rig either the main hoist or optional auxiliary hoist cable
for single part line with nothing but the wedge socket on
the end of the cable.
7. Extend the boom enough to disengage the spring
er

DANGER loaded boom stop block (Figure 4-9).

Extending boom sections 2 through 4 during the erection
or stowage of the boom extension could permit
ef

disengagement of the anti-roll guides, allowing an

uncontrolled movement of the extension, resulting in
death, personal injury, or property damage.
Always ensure the crane is in the B mode during erection
R

or stowage of the boom extension. Never erect or stow

the boom extension in the recovery mode.

Boom Extension Rigging Mode

This crane is equipped with a boom control system that
enters a Boom Extension Rigging Mode when the boom stop
block is disengaged and a minimum boom length is
detected. While in the Boom Extension Rigging Mode the
crane will not allow the following movements:
• Extension of the boom in Auto Mode, with A Mode
selected.
FIGURE 4-9

4-8 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

y
4

nl
7

O
5

13 8
2
ce
A

6
en

4
er

11

12
ef

6056

9
10
R

FIGURE 4-10

Item Description Item Description

1 Base To Fly Attachment Pins 8 Mast Assembly
2 Boom Extension Base Section Boom Nose To Boom Extension Attachment
9
3 Boom Extension Fly Section Anchor Fittings

4 Fly Rear Stowage Bracket Boom Nose To Boom Extension Attachment

10
Pins
5 Stinger Section Front Stowage Bracket
11 Offset Links
6 Front Stowage Bracket
12 Offset Pivot Point
7 Swingaway Base Sheave
13 Fly Sheave

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-9

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

7 3
1
2
2

y
6160

nl
Item Description
Boom Extension Base
1
Section

O
2 Adjusting Bolt
5
3 Upper Hanger
6
4 Main Hanger
ce
5 Lower Support
6 Lock Hitch Pin
DETAIL A 6058
7 Adapter
en
er

3
2
1
3
Item Description
4
ef

1 Boom Extension Fly Section

2 Adjusting Bolt
3 Adjusting Bolts
R

4 Front Mount
5
5 Hanger

DETAIL B

6058

FIGURE 4-10 continued

4-10 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

Item Description
Boom Extension Base

y
1
Section
2 Boom Extension Fly Section

nl
3 Shock Wear Pad and Shim
4 Ramp Wear Pad and Shim

O
ce
3 4
DETAIL C
en

2
4

4
er

Item Description
3
1 Boom Extension Base Section
4
ef

2 Boom Extension Fly Section

3 Fly Attachment Pin and Hitch Pin
4 Adjusting Bolts
R

5 Pin Stowage Lug

6 Upper Support 5
1
7 Lower Mount Ramp
8 Wear Pad
DETAIL D

FIGURE 4-10 continued

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-11

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

2
4

Item Description
Boom Extension Base 7
1
Section
3
2 Boom Extension Fly Section

y
3 Fly Sheave 4

nl
4 Cable Retainer Pins
5 Latch Hook
6 Spring

O
7 Latch Bar

1 5

6
ce
DETAIL E
en

Item Description
1 Boom Nose Upper Sheaves 1
8
2 Mast Assembly
3 Offset Links
er

4 Offset Pivot Points 2

Offset Link Pins Stowage
5
Lugs 10
ef

6 Mast Assembly Pin

11
7 Boom Nose Lower Sheaves 9

Boom Extension Attachment

R

8
Pins
Boom Extension Attachment
9
Pins Stowage Lugs
7
10 Offset Link Pins 5
3
11 Zero Degree Offset Holes 4
6

6658-1 NOTE: Offset Shown At 25 Degrees.

To Obtain 45 Degree Offset,
Remove Pins (Item 10) and
Stow in Lug.
FIGURE 4-10 continued

4-12 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

8. Pull down on the handle to disengage the spring loaded
boom stop block. Place the end of the handle in the
retainer plate. Fully retract the boom.
NOTE: When the boom retracts, the handle will be
released allowing the stop block to engage when
the boom is extended.
NOTE: The length indication on the rated capacity limiter
(RCL) will display 0 (zero) when the spring-loaded
stop block is in the working position (engaged) and
the boom is fully retracted. During the process of
stowing and erecting the boom extension, the RCL
may display a negative dimension when the stop
10. Attach a length of rope to the extension base section tip
to aid in the extension of the swingaway into place
ahead of the boom nose.
NOTE: If erecting the boom extension fly section with the
boom extension base section, skip to step 15. If not
erecting the boom extension fly section, perform
steps 11 to 14.
11. Remove retainer clip from base to fly attachment pin and
remove attachment pin from base section to fly section
attachment fittings.
12. Stow the pin in the opposite attach fitting or the stowage

y
lug.
block is retracted (disengaged) and the boom is
fully retracted. 13. Ensure the pin attaching the fly section to the boom base

nl
section rear stowage bracket (Figure 4-10), (Detail D) is
in place.
14. At fly section sheave end (Figure 4-10), (Detail E) push

O
in on the spring loaded latch hook to release latch,
allowing the base to separate from the fly. Skip to step
16.
15. Remove the pin attaching the fly extension section to the
boom base section rear storage bracket (Figure 4-10,
ce
Detail D). Ensure that the latch hook at the fly section
sheave end (Figure 4-10, Detail E) is latched.
16. Remove the lock hitch pin securing the extension base
to the front stowage bracket (Figure 4-10, Detail A).
en

Stow lock hitch pin in lug provided.

17. Raise the boom to slightly above horizontal, then extend
the boom until the extension is clear of the guide ramps
1 3 and stowage pins on the front and rear stowage
brackets.
4
er

2 8177-2

Item Description
DANGER
ef

1 Boom Extension When erecting the boom extension, ensure that all
2 Boom Nose personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.
3 Alignment Jack
18. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
R

FIGURE 4-10 continued
9. Remove the retainer clips from the attachment pins
stowed in the base of the boom extension and insert the
attachment pins through the attachment and anchor
fittings on the right side of the boom nose. Install the
retainer clips in the attachment pins.
CAUTION
If the boom extension fly section (stinger) is not to be
erected, it should remain on the stowage brackets on the
side of the boom.
extension. Using the rope attached to the tip of the
extension, swing the extension into place ahead of the
boom nose, engaging the anchor fittings with the
attachment fittings on the left side of the boom nose.
DANGER
Do not modify the attach points to permit the installation of
the attach pins.
19. Install the attachment pin into the upper left anchor and
attachment fitting of the boom nose. Install retainer clip
in attachment pin.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-13

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

20. Extend the boom extension alignment jack until the

lower left side boom nose and boom extension adapter
lugs are aligned; install the attachment pin into the lower
left anchor and attachment fitting of the boom nose.
Install retainer clip in attachment pin.
21. Retract the alignment jack to its original position, then
return the jack handle to its stowed position.
22. Extend the boom until it automatically stops. 1

NOTE: Reaching this stopping point is required for the

Boom Extension Rigging Mode process.
23. Lower the boom and remove the rope from the tip of the

y
extension base section. 6642-20 FIGURE 4-12

c. Install cable end connector (1) (Figure 4-13) from

nl
boom extension where dummy plug was removed.
DANGER
Do not attempt to erect the fly section unless it was

O
attached to the boom extension base section during the 1
initial erection procedure.

24. Retract the boom until it stops on the stop block.

ce
NOTE: When the boom reaches this stopping point and
the section 1 and section 2 proximity switches are
activated, the Boom Extension Rigging Mode is
complete and the restrictions on the boom
operating modes are removed.
en

25. Connect RCL cables:

a. Remove RCL cable end connector (1) (Figure 4-11)
6642-21
from extension and route through boom extension. FIGURE 4-13
er

26. Erect the boom extension fly section as follows:

1 a. Attach a length of rope to the tip of the extension fly
section to aid in swinging the fly into place ahead of
the base section. Ensure that the right base to fly
ef

extension attachment pin is in place.

b. Position the boom to horizontal.
c. At the fly section sheave end (see detail E), push in
R

on the spring loaded latch hook to release the latch

allowing fly to separate from the base.

6642-19 FIGURE 4-11

DANGER
b. Remove dummy plug (1) Figure 4-12 from junction
box on boom nose. When erecting the extension fly section, ensure that all
personnel and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.

d. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control

the fly section. Using the rope attached to the tip of
the fly section, swing the fly into place ahead of the
extension base, engaging the anchor fittings with
the attachment fittings on the left side of the base
section.

4-14 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

e. Install the attachment pin into the anchor and 4. Lower the boom, then extend the boom only enough to
attachment fittings on the left side of the base disengage the spring loaded boom stop block.
section.
5. Pull down on the handle to disengage the spring loaded
f. Lower the boom and remove the rope from the tip of boom extension stop block (Figure 4-14). Place the end
the extension. of the handle in the retainer plate.
NOTE: Refer to Setting the Folding Swingaway Offset,
page 4-17 to obtain a 25 or 45 degree offset with
the swingaway.
27. Remove the cable retainer pins and clip pins from the tip
of the extension base section or extension fly section.
NOTE: For zero (0) degree offset, leave the mast

y
assembly in the stowed position.
28. Remove the mast assembly clip pin and pin from the

nl
stowed position on the extension and raise the mast
assembly to an upright position. Install the pin and clip
pin. Remove the cable retainer pin and clip pin from the
mast.

O
NOTE: The hoist cable is not routed over the base
extension sheave when using the fly extension.
29. Route the hoist cable over the mast sheave, the rollers
ce
on the adapter, the roller on the fly extension, and the
sheave on the extension tip. Install the cable retainer FIGURE 4-14
pins and clip pins.
6. Fully retract the boom.
NOTE: Do not reeve hoist cable through sheaves on the
NOTE: When the boom retracts, the handle will be
main boom nose.
en

released allowing the stop block to engage when

30. Rig the hoist cable. the boom is extended.
NOTE: The length indication on the rated capacity limiter
Stowing the Boom Extension
(RCL) will display 0 (zero) when the spring-loaded
NOTE: The boom extension must be set at the zero (0) stop block is in the working position (engaged) and
4
er

degree offset. Refer to Setting the Folding the boom is fully retracted. The RCL may display a
Swingaway Offset, page 4-17. negative dimension when the stop block is
retracted (disengaged) and the boom is fully
NOTE: If so equipped, the folding fly section must be
retracted during the process of stowing and
ef

stowed on the side of the base section.

erecting the boom extension.
7. Lower the boom to minimum elevation.
8. Remove the cable retainer pins and clip pins from the
R

DANGER swingaway tip and mast assembly. Remove the hoist

During disengagement of the stop block, extend the boom
only enough to free the block. Extending the boom too far
will cause the base extension to slide off the guide ramps
and allow the extension to swing.
1. Fully retract the boom and swing it over the front.
2. Set the boom manual/automatic mode selector switch to
the AUTO position.
cable from the extension sheave and or mast. Install the
cable retainer pins and clip pins.
9. Remove the mast assembly pin and clip pin securing the
mast in the upright position. Lay the mast over to the
stowed position and install the mast assembly pin and
clip pin.
10. Disconnect RCL cable.

3. Set the boom A/B mode selector switch to the B mode. a. Remove connector (1, Figure 4-15) from junction
box on boom nose.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-15

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

1 DANGER
When stowing the fly extension, ensure that all personnel
and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.

d. Slightly raise and/or lower the boom to help control

the fly extension. Using the rope attached to the tip
of the fly section, swing the fly to the side of the base
section.

6642-21 FIGURE 4-15 e. Elevate the boom and push in on the fly section to

y
engage the spring loaded latch hook (Detail E) on
b. Install dummy plug (1, Figure 4-16) on junction box. the base section. Ensure the latch hook is properly
engaged.

nl
f. Lower the boom and remove the rope from the fly
section.

O
12. Lower the boom to minimum elevation.
13. Attach a length of rope to the base extension tip.
14. Raise the boom to horizontal.
15. Extend the boom approximately 12 in so that the
ce
extension base and fly stowage lugs will line up in front
of the guide ramps and pins on the stowage brackets
when the swingaway is positioned to the side of the
boom.
en

1 16. Extend the boom extension alignment jack until the

6642-20 FIGURE 4-16 bottom left side attachment pin is free. Remove the
bottom left side boom retainer clip pin and attach pin.
c. Route cable through boom extension and stow
connector (1, Figure 4-17). 17. Retract the alignment jack to its original position, then
return the jack handle to its stowed position.
er

18. Pull down on the handle to disengage the spring loaded

boom stop block. Place the end of the handle in the
retainer plate.
ef

19. Remove the retainer clip and attach pin from the anchor
and attachment fitting on the top left side of the boom
nose; stow all pins in the base of the base extension.
R

1 DANGER
When stowing the extension, ensure that all personnel
and equipment are kept clear of the swing path.
6642-19 FIGURE 4-17
20. Raise and/or lower the boom to help control the
11. If erected, stow the extension fly section as follows: swingaway and using the rope attached to the tip of the
base extension, swing the base extension to the side of
a. Attach a length of rope to the fly extension tip. the boom.
b. Raise the boom to horizontal. 21. Elevate the boom and push in on the extension to align
c. Remove the retainer clip and attachment pin from the stowage lugs on the extension with the guide ramps
the anchor and attach fittings on the left side of the and pins on the stowage brackets and fully retract the
base section and stow in the base section. boom.

4-16 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

22. Ensure that all of the stowage lugs on the base and fly
are fully engaged with the pins on the stowage brackets.
23. Fully lower the boom.
24. Install the pin securing the extension base to the front
stowage bracket (Figure 4-8), (Detail A). Ensure the lock
hitch pin is pushed all the way in.
25. Install the pin attaching the fly section to the boom base
section stowage bracket (Figure 4-10), (Detail D).
NOTE: If the fly extension section remained on the boom
stowage brackets, perform steps 26 through 29.
Setting the Folding Swingaway Offset
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Ensure any blocking material used is adequate to support
the weight of the extension assembly without tipping or
falling.
1. Extend and set the outriggers and swing the boom to
over the front. Position the boom to above horizontal.

y
26. Remove retainer clip and attachment pin from the
bushing on base section. 2. Block under the tip of the extension assembly section.

nl
27. Insert the attachment pin into the base section to fly 3. To set the offset from a lesser degree to higher degree
section attachment fittings and install the retainer pin. perform the following procedures:

28. Ensure the spring loaded latch hook is engaged on fly

O
section sheave end (Figure 4-10), (Detail E). CAUTION
29. Ensure the pin attaching the fly section to the boom base Possible Equipment Damage!
section stowage bracket (Figure 4-10), (Detail D) is in Do not overload the extension anchor fittings or the
place. extension base section when lowering the boom.
ce
30. Remove the retainer clips and attachment pins from the
anchor and attach fittings on the right side of the boom a. Slowly lower the boom until the pressure is relieved
nose and stow them in the base of the swingaway. on the offset link pins.
NOTE: For 25 or 45 degree offset, make sure the mast is in
the raised position.
en

DANGER b. Remove the offset link clip pins and attach pins
Failure to maintain the proper clearance between the securing the offset links in the lesser degree offset
base extension anchor fittings and the boom nose attach position. If going to maximum offset stow them in
fittings could cause these fittings to contact each other the stowage lugs. If going to the intermediate (25

4
er

during operation of the boom.
31. Extend the boom in AUTO mode with B mode selected,
or Manual Mode with Section 1 selected, until the boom
ef
degree) offset install them in the offset links for that
degree of offset.
c. Slowly elevate and telescope the boom at the same
time so that the extension does not move off of the

stops. blocking until the offset links take the full weight of
NOTE: Reaching this stopping point is required for the the extension.
Boom Extension Rigging Mode process. d. Reeve the hoist cable as described under normal
erecting procedures.
R

32. Retract the boom until it stops on the stop block.

NOTE: When the boom reaches this stopping point and
the section 1 and section 2 proximity switches are
activated, the Boom Extension Rigging Mode is
complete and the restrictions on the boom
operating modes are removed.
33. Rig the boom nose and hoist cable as desired and
operate the crane using normal operating procedures.
4. To set the offset from higher degree to lesser degree,
perform the following procedures:
CAUTION
Do not overload the extension anchor fittings or the
extension base section when lowering the boom.
a. Slowly lower the boom until the pressure is relieved
from the offset links.
b. Remove the offset link clip pins and attachment pins
and lower the boom until the holes for the lesser

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-17

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

degree offset position align in the offset links. Install
the offset pins and clip pins.
c. Slowly elevate and telescope the boom at the same
time so that the extension does not move off of the
blocking until the offset links take the full weight of
the extension.
d. Reeve the hoist cable as described under normal
erecting procedures.
ERECTING AND STOWING THE BI-FOLD
BOOM EXTENSION WITH THE 6.1 M (20 FT)
7. Retract the boom leaving the bi-fold extension on the
blocking.
8. Using the main or auxiliary hoist cable, lift the Insert by
the lifting lugs and position it at the base end of the bi-
fold extension.
9. Mate the Insert to the bi-fold extension and install the
four attaching pins and retainer clips removed in step 6.
10. With the hoist cable still attached to the Insert, lift the
assembled unit and move the blocking, erected in step
5, to approximately 2.4 m to 3.0 m (8 ft to 10 ft) ahead of
the boom nose attach end of the Insert.

y
INSERT NOTE: Repeat steps 6 through steps 16 in a similar
manner to install the second Insert if applicable.

nl
11. Lower the bi-fold and insert assembly onto the blocks
DANGER and detach the hoist cable.
Crushing Hazard! 12. Retract the boom and lower to minimum elevation.

O
Before attempting to erect or stow the bi-fold extension 13. Rig the hoist cable for single part line with nothing but
with insert, read and strictly adhere to all danger decals the wedge socket on the end of the cable.
installed on the boom/boom nose, boom extension, insert,
and stowage brackets. 14. Extend the boom and mate the attachment lugs on the
Insert with the anchor fittings on the boom nose. It may
ce
be necessary to raise or lower the boom slightly to mate
Erecting
the attach lugs.
1. Fully extend and set the outriggers.
NOTE: If the Insert attach lug holes are not in lateral
2. Position the boom over the front. alignment with the holes in the boom nose anchor
en

fittings to install the pins, adjust the upper and

3. If extended, fully retract all the boom sections and lower
lower cross strut adjustment screws on the Insert to
the boom to minimum elevation to permit ease of
align the holes.
installation of pins and access to the boom nose.
15. Remove the retainer clips from the four attachment pins
NOTE: The auxiliary boom nose (rooster sheave) does not
stowed on the Insert and install them in the attachment
er

have to be removed. However, if reeved, the hoist

and anchor fittings on both sides of the boom nose.
cable must be removed from the sheave.
Install the retainer clips.
4. Attach the swingaway to the boom nose using steps 3
thru 24 of Erecting the Bi-Fold Boom Extension
ef

Assembly. CAUTION
5. Extend the boom as necessary to permit sufficient Possible Equipment Damage!
clearance for installation of the 6.1 m (20 ft) Extension Do not attempt to swing the boom extension around to the
R

Insert; then lower it until the tip of the bi-fold extension
assembly is laying on the ground. Block up under the bi-
fold extension, approximately 2.4 m to 3.0 m (8 ft to
10 ft) ahead of the boom nose.
6. Remove the four retainer clips and attachment pins that
secure the bi-fold extension to the boom nose.
right side of the insert. This could result in damage to the
insert.
16. Slowly elevate the boom and remove the blocking from
under the Insert and bi-fold extension.
17. Refer to steps 26 thru 30 of Erecting The Boom
Extension to erect the fly section, to set the offset, and
rig the hoist cable.

4-18 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

3 1

y
nl
3
4
7

O
6

9
ce
en

4
er

6055

FIGURE 4-18
ef

Item Description Item Description

1 Boom Nose Upper Sheaves 7 Boom Nose Lower Sheaves
R

2 Cable Roller 8 Offset Link Pins

3 Insert Attachment Pins 9 Bi-Fold Extension Mast Assembly
4 Insert Attachment Pins Stowage Lugs
5 20 ft (6.1 m) Insert
6 Bi-Fold Extension Attachment Pins

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-19

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Stowing 6. Attach a hook to the hoist cable.

NOTE: If equipped, the folding fly section must be stowed
on the side of the base section.
1. If the fly section is erected, refer to steps 1 thru 5 of
Stowing The Bi-Fold Boom Extension.
2. Extend the boom approximately 1.22 m to 1.52 m (4 ft to
5 ft). Lower the boom until the sheave is on the ground.
3. Block up under the insert approximately 2.4 m to 3.0 m
(8 ft to 10 ft) forward of the boom nose.
4. Remove the retainer clips from the four pins in the
7. Attach the hoist cable hook to the lifting lugs on the
insert. Lift the assembly and reposition the blocking
approximately 2.4 m to 3 m (8 ft to 10 ft) forward of the
insert to swingaway attachment points.
8. While supporting the insert with the hoist cable, remove
the retainer clips from the four pins attaching the insert to
the swingaway. Remove the four pins.
9. Remove the insert and position it to one side of the
crane.
10. Position the boom and extend it to engage the boom

y
attachment and anchor fittings and remove the nose with the swingaway. Install the four attachment
attachment pins. Stow the pins in the holders on the pins and retainer clips removed in step 8.

nl
insert.
11. Stow the swingaway on the side of the main boom using
5. Retract the boom disengaging the anchor fittings on the steps 6 thru 26 of Stowing the Boom Extension, page 4-
boom nose from the attaching lugs on the insert. 15.

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

4-20 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

FIXED COUNTERWEIGHT 6. Take up any slack on the lifting device and raise the
counterweight just enough to remove any pressure on
Description the left and right counterweight pin assemblies.

The counterweight (Figure 4-19) is pinned to the rear of the
superstructure and weighs about 6540 kg (14,400 lb). For
cranes without an auxiliary hoist, an additional 672 kg
(1478 lb) counterweight is bolted to the hoist mounting area
instead of the auxiliary hoist.
Maintenance
7. Remove the pins from the superstructure frame lugs and
the counterweight. To remove each pin, push pin in and
turn it so its roll pin disengages from the related catch on
the counterweight.
8. Lower the counterweight enough to clear the
superstructure. Remove the counterweight from the
crane and replace the retainer pins in mounting lugs.
9. Rotate the superstructure to the normal travel position.

y
Installation
DANGER

nl
1. Fully extend and set the outriggers.
Crushing Hazard!
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by 2. Rotate the superstructure so the counterweight will be
a falling counterweight. over the front of the carrier to gain additional clearance.

O
Ensure the counterweight pin assemblies are installed
properly and are secure in their catches.
CAUTION
When lifting/handling the counterweight, keep the chains/ When lifting/handling the counterweight, keep the chains/
straps vertical to minimize side pull on the lifting lugs. straps vertical to minimize side pull on the lifting lugs.
ce
Removal NOTE: The counterweight weighs approximately 6540 kg
1. Fully extend and set the outriggers. (14,400 lb).

2. Rotate the superstructure so the counterweight is over Use of a forklift to install or remove the
counterweight is not recommended; damage or
en

the front of the carrier to gain additional clearance.

misalignment of the counterweight can result.
NOTE: The counterweight weighs approximately 6540 kg
(14,400 lb). 3. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counterweight
and lift the counterweight into place on the
3. Lower and fully retract the boom. superstructure, aligning the mounting holes on the

4
er

NOTE: Use of a forklift to install or remove the
counterweight is not recommended. Damage or
misalignment of the counterweight can result if a
forklift is used for installation or removal.
ef
counterweight to the holes in the superstructure.
4. Secure the counterweight to the superstructure with the
two pins. Secure the pin by pushing it in and turning it so
the roll pin engages the related catch on the

4. Attach an adequate lifting device to the counterweight. counterweight. Release the pin so its spring can hold the
pin in place.
5. Adjust the four counterweight leveling bolts to provide
maximum clearance of the counterweight from the 5. Remove the lifting device from the counterweight.
R

superstructure.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-21

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

6. Using the four counterweight leveling bolts, level the Counterweight Plate
counterweight and eliminate any relative movement
The counterweight has a removable counterweight plate
between the counterweight and turntable. Maximum
attached to its rear wall with capscrews, flat washers and
height of counterweight shall not exceed 6 mm (0.24 in)
nuts. This plate weighs 395 kg (870 lb). Use appropriate
out of level with the turntable bearing when measured
caution and safety equipment in removing and installing this
from either counterweight outer edge.
plate.

8
7

y
4

nl
9

11

O
8 1

7
ce
10
6
5

3
en

2
er
ef

2
7064-2
FIGURE 4-19
R

Item Description Item Description

1 Fixed Counterweight 6 Locknut
2 Pin Assembly 7 Capscrew
3 Capscrew 8 Flatwasher
4 Counterweight Plate 9 Locknut
5 Flatwasher 10 Turntable

4-22 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL SET-UP AND INSTALLATION

REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT 7. Remove the attach pins from the counterweight lugs and
(OPTIONAL) cylinder ends. Raise the cylinders and stow the attach
pins in cylinder and insert retainer clip pins.

DANGER DANGER
Death or serious injury could result from being crushed by Travel is not permitted with the removable counterweight
a falling counterweight. on the carrier deck.
Ensure that all mounting pins are properly installed and
locked, during, and after operating the counterweight NOTE: The counterweight weighs approximately 6895 kg
removal system. (15,200 lb).

y
8. Remove counterweight from the support weld on the
Removal front outrigger box before moving crane.

nl
1. Position the crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend 9. Using the crane’s boom and hoist or other crane, lift the
and set the outriggers. counterweight from the carrier deck to the auxiliary
2. Rotate the superstructure to align the counterweight with transport vehicle.
the support weld on the front outrigger box. Engaging

O
the pin type turntable lock will aid alignment. Installation
NOTE: It may be necessary to jog the counterweight 1. Position the crane on a firm level surface. Fully extend
removal control valve switches to remove the and set the outriggers.
weight of the counterweight from the upper attach 2. Select the proper “Without Counterweight” operating
ce
pins. code on the RCL.
3. Using the counterweight removal control valve switches NOTE: The counterweight weighs approximately 6895 kg
(Figure 4-20), raise the counterweight cylinders to (15,200 lb).
relieve weight on the upper attach pins.
en

3. Using the crane’s boom and hoist or other crane, lift the
counterweight from the auxiliary transport vehicle and
position the counterweight.
4. Rotate and align the rear of the superstructure above the
removable counterweight setting on the support weld on
4
er

the front outrigger box. Engaging the pin type turntable

lock will aid alignment.
5. Using the counterweight removal control valve switches
(Figure 4-20) located on either side of the turntable,
ef

lower the counterweight cylinders. Pin the cylinders to

the counterweight using the attach pins in the cylinders.
Insert the retaining pins in the attach pins.
Valve Control
R

6. Using the control switches, raise the counterweight up

Switches
7889-2 FIGURE 4-20 under the superstructure frame.
NOTE: It may be necessary to jog the counterweight
4. Push in, turn, and remove the upper attach pins from the removal control valve switches to install the upper
superstructure frame lugs and the counterweight. attach pins.
5. Stow the upper attach pins in the bushings on the side of 7. Remove the upper attach pins from the stowage
the superstructure. bushings and install them into the upper counterweight
6. Using the counterweight removal control valve switches, and superstructure frame lugs.
slowly lower the counterweight onto the carrier stowage 8. Push in on the pins and turn to lock pin in the notch.
area.

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 4-23

SET-UP AND INSTALLATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

y
nl
6

O
1
ce
4 2
en

5 (4 places)

3 6670-1
er

FIGURE 4-21
ef

Item Description
1 Removal Cylinders
2 Cylinder Attach Pins
R

3 Counterweight Attach Pins

4 6042 kg (13,300 lb) Counterweight
5 Leveling Bolts (4 places)
6 Counterweight Lifting Lugs (4 places) Leveling Bolts
FIGURE 4-22
9. Adjust the four counterweight leveling bolts The crane is now ready for operation with the counterweight
(Figure 4-22) to eliminate any relative movement installed.
between the counterweight and the turntable.

4-24 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
SECTION 5
LUBRICATION
SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Standard Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Arctic Lubricants and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Surface Protection for Cylinder Rods. . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
CraneLUBE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
O
GENERAL
ce
Following the designated lubrication procedures is important
in ensuring maximum crane lifetime and utilization. The
procedures and lubrication charts in this section include
information on the types of lubricants used, the location of
en
the lubrication points, the frequency of lubrication, and other
information.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Dispose of waste properly! Improperly disposing of waste
er
can threaten the environment.
Potentially harmful waste used in Manitowoc cranes includes
— but is not limited to — oil, fuel, grease, coolant, air
ef
conditioning refrigerant, filters, batteries, and cloths which
have come into contact with these environmentally harmful
substances.
Handle and dispose of waste according to local, state, and
R
federal environmental regulations.
When filling and draining crane components, observe the
following:
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down any
drain, or into any source of water.
• Always drain waste fluids into leak proof containers that
are clearly marked with what they contain.
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
LUBRICATION
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Steering and Suspension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Drive Train . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Drive Train (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
y
Turntable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Outriggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
nl
Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Hoist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• Always fill or add fluids with a funnel or a filling pump.
• Immediately clean up any spills.
LUBRICANTS AND LUBRICATION
INTERVALS
The service intervals specified are for normal operation
where moderate temperature, humidity, and atmospheric
conditions prevail. In areas of extreme conditions, the
service periods and lubrication specifications should be
altered to meet existing conditions.
NOTE: All fluids and lubricants may be purchased by
contacting an authorized Manitowoc distributor or
Manitowoc Crane Care Parts Department.
CAUTION
Possible Equipment Damage!
Chassis grease lubricants must not be applied with air
pressure devices as this lubricant is used on sealed
fittings.
The multipurpose grease applied during manufacturing is
5
of a lithium base. Use of a non-compatible grease could
result in damage to equipment.
5-1
LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Standard Lubricants standard lubricants are effective in temperatures down to

-9 ° C ( 1 5 ° F ) . R e f e r t o TA B L E 5 - 1 : f o r a l i s t o f t h e
Standard lubricants are used on all Manitowoc cranes unless recommended standard lubricants.
the crane is ordered with a cold weather package. These

TABLE 5-1: Standard Lubricants [Down to -9°C (15°F)]

Recommended Lubricant
Lubricant/Fluid Grove Spec.
Type Grade Classification
Axle Gear Oil Century Unigear Semi-synthetic
6829012964 Texaco Multigear SS 80W-90
Chevron DELO

y
Engine Oil Conoco Fleet Supreme EC CJ-4
6829104182 15W-40
Mobil Delvac 1300 Super

nl
Hydraulic/Transmission Oil Kendall Hyken 052 Must Meet John
Exxon Torque Fluid 56 Deere Std. JDM
Esso Torque Fluid 56 10W-20 J20c

O
6829006444 BP-Eldoran UTH & Trak-Tran 9
BP- Blend- 7367
Exxon Mobil 424 10W-30
Hoist Gear/Swing Drive Oil Mobil: Mobilfluid 629 AGMA No. 4 EP
ce
6829100213
Texaco: Meropa 150
Grease, Multipurpose Citgo Lithoplex MP# 2
Texaco Starplex Moly # 2
Phillips 66 Philube M
en

6829003477 NLGI 2
Mobil Mobilgrese XHP 222 Spe-
cial
Chemtool Inc, Lube-A-Boom
Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
er

Antifreeze Coolant Old World Industries, Inc. Fleet

Charge SCA
6829101130 Mix 50/50
Caterpillar DEAC
ef

Fleetguard Complete EG
Supplemental Coolant Fleetguard DCA4
Additive (SCA) 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
R

Penray Pencool 3000

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Fleetguard StableGuard™ Urea
32 Premix
80019225
AdBlue®
TerraCair Ultrapure® DEF

5-2 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

Arctic Lubricants and Conditions • Fan clutch

• Radiator air shutters
Temperatures Below -9°C (15°F)
• Air diverter
Regions with ambient temperatures below -9°C (15°F) are
considered arctic. In general, petroleum based fluids • Diesel fired cab heater
developed especially for low temperature service may be • Cold weather alternator
used with satisfactory results in these temperatures.
However, certain fluids, such as halogenated hydrocarbons, • Fluids suitable to -29°C (-20°F)
nitro hydrocarbons, and phosphate ester hydraulic fluids, - Arctic windshield washer fluid
may not be compatible with hydraulic system seals and wear
bands. Therefore, always check with an authorized - Arctic fuel
Manitowoc distributor or Manitowoc Crane Care if in doubt of -40°C (-40°F) Package

y
the suitability of a specific fluid or lubricant.
• Coolant heaters (to circulate warm coolant through
When operating in cold weather and regardless of the oil

nl
heaters and engine)
viscosity of the crane’s lubricants, always follow the cold
weather start-up and operating procedures described in the • Fuel line heaters
Operator Manual to ensure adequate lubrication during • Transmission heater
system warm-up and proper operation of all crane functions.

O
• Battery heater
Cold Weather Package and Lubricants • Engine hood insulation
Manitowoc recommends the following cold weather • Fan clutch
lubricants for use with ambient temperatures down to -29°C
ce
(-20°F) (TABLE 5-2) and -40°C (-40°F) (TABLE 5-3). But, • Radiator air shutters
these cold weather lubricants alone are not sufficient to • Air diverter box (to allow intake air to be taken in from
operate the crane in extreme low temperatures. Therefore, it under the engine hood)
is also recommended that the crane be equipped with the
following accessories: • Diesel fired cab heater
en

29°C (-20°F) Package • Cold weather alternator

• Battery heater • Super-capacitor starting system
• Fuel line heater • Fluids suitable to -40°C (-40°F)
er

• Engine hood insulation

ef
R

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-3

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

TABLE 5-2: Cold Weather Lubricants [Down to -29°C (-20°F)]

Recommended Lubricant
Lubricant/Fluid Grove Spec.
Type Grade Classification
Axle Gear Oil Petro-Canada Traxon E Syn-
thetic
CITGO, Syntetic Gear Lube
6829014058 Eaton, Roadranger EP 75W-90
Mobil, Mobilube SCH
Shell, Spirax S

y
Sunoco Duragear EP
Engine Oil Shell Rotella® T6 CJ-4

nl
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
80056036 0W-40
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather

O
Transmission Oil Petro-Canada Duratran Syn- Must Meet John
thetic THF Deere Std. JDM
6829101559 J20c & J20d
Chevron All Weather THF
ce
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Hoist Gear/Swing Drive Oil Petro-Canada ENDURATEX AGMA No. 4 EP
6829103636 Synthetic EP 150
Mobil SHC629
en

Grease, Multipurpose Petro-Canada Precision Syn-

6829104275 thetic EP1 NLGI 2
Mobil, Mobilith SHC 220
Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
er

Antifreeze Coolant Old World Industries, Inc. Fleet

Charge SCA Mix
6829101130
Caterpillar DEAC 50/50
ef

Fleetguard Complete EG
Supplemental Coolant Fleetguard DCA4
Additive (SCA) 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
R

Penray Pencool 3000

Hydraulic Oil 6829006993 Exxon Mobil Univis HVI 26
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Fleetguard StableGuard™ Urea
32 Premix
80019225
AdBlue®
TerraCair Ultrapure® DEF
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
Diesel Fuel NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III NLOCK08
80069407 #1
Product #1

5-4 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

TABLE 5-3: Cold Weather Lubricants [Down to -40°C (-40°F)]

Recommended Lubricant
Lubricant/Fluid Grove Spec.
Type Grade Classification
Axle Gear Oil Petro-Canada Traxon E Syn-
thetic
CITGO, Syntetic Gear Lube
6829014058 Eaton, Roadranger EP 75W-90
Mobil, Mobilube SCH
Shell, Spirax S

y
Sunoco Duragear EP
Engine Oil Shell Rotella® T6 CJ-4

nl
Mobil Delvac 1 ESP
80056036 0W-40
Caterpillar Cat DE0-ULS Cold
Weather

O
Transmission Oil Petro-Canada Duratran Syn- Must Meet John
thetic THF Deere Std. JDM
6829101559 J20c & J20d
Chevron All Weather THF
ce
Texaco TDH Oil SS
Hoist Gear/Swing Drive Oil Petro-Canada ENDURATEX AGMA No. 4 EP
6829103636 Synthetic EP 150
Mobil SHC629
en

Grease, Multipurpose Petro-Canada Precision Syn-

6829104275 thetic EP1 NLGI 2
Mobil, Mobilith SHC 220
Open Gear Lube 6829102971 Fuchs Ceplattyn 300 Spray NLGI 1-2
er

Antifreeze Coolant Old World Industries, Inc. Fleet

Charge SCA Pre-charged Mix
6829104212
Fleetguard Compleat EG 60/40
ef

Petro-Canada
Supplemental Coolant Fleetguard DCA4
Additive (SCA) 6829012858 Fleetguard DCA2
R

Penray Pencool 3000

Hydraulic Oil 6829006993 Exxon Mobil Univis HVI 26
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Fleetguard StableGuard™ Urea
32 Premix
5
80019225
AdBlue®
TerraCair Ultrapure® DEF
Windshield Washer fluid 90037773 Splash De-icer
Diesel Fuel NOCO Kerosene, 3, UN1223, III NLOCK08
80069407 #1
Product #1

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-5

LUBRICATION
SURFACE PROTECTION FOR CYLINDER
RODS
Steel cylinder rods include a thin layer of chrome plating on
their surfaces to protect them from corroding. However,
chrome plating inherently has cracks in its structure which
can allow moisture to corrode the underlying steel. At typical
ambient temperatures, hydraulic oil is too thick to penetrate
these cracks. Normal machine operating temperatures will
allow hydraulic oil to warm sufficiently to penetrate these
cracks and if machines are operated daily, protect the rods.
Machines that are stored, transported, or used in a corrosive
environment (high moisture, rain, snow, or coastline
conditions) need to have the exposed rods protected more
frequently by applying a protectant. Unless the machine is
operated daily, exposed rod surfaces will corrode. Some
cylinders will have rods exposed even when completely
retracted. Assume all cylinders have exposed rods, as
corrosion on the end of the rod can ruin the cylinder.
O
ce
en
er
ef
R
5-6 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
It is recommended that all exposed cylinder rods be
protected using Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal Protectant.
Manitowoc Crane Care has Boeshield® T-9 Premium Metal
Protectant available in 12 oz. aerosol cans by ordering part
number 9999101803 through the Parts Department.
Cylinder operation and inclement weather will remove the
Boeshield® protectant; therefore, inspect machines once a
week and reapply Boeshield® to unprotected rods.
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION
Wire rope is lubricated during manufacturing so that the
y
strands, and individual wires in strands, may move as the
rope moves and bends. A wire rope cannot be lubricated
sufficiently during manufacture to last its entire life.
nl
Therefore, new lubricant must be added periodically
throughout the life of a rope to replace factory lubricant which
is used or lost. For more detailed information concerning the
lubrication and inspection of wire rope, refer to Wire Rope in
Section 1- Introduction in the Service Manual.
RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL
LUBRICATION POINTS
A regular frequency of lubrication must be established for all
lubrication points. Normally, this is based on component
operating time. The most efficient method of keeping track of
lube requirements is to maintain a job log indicating crane
usage. The log must use the engine hourmeter to ensure
coverage of lube points that will receive attention based on
their readings. Other lubrication requirements must be made
on a time basis, i.e. weekly, monthly, etc.
All oil levels are to be checked with the crane parked on a
level surface in transport position, and while the oil is cold,
unless otherwise specified.
On plug type check points, the oil levels are to be at the
bottom edge of the check port.
On all hoists with a check plug in the drum, the fill plug shall
be directly on top of the hoist, and the check plug level.
O
All grease fittings are SAE Standard unless otherwise
indicated. Grease non-sealed fittings until grease is seen
extruding from the fitting. One ounce(28 grams) of EP-MPG
equals one pump on a standard one pound (0.45 kg) grease
gun.
ce
Over lubrication on non-sealed fittings will not harm the
fittings or components, but under lubrication will definitely
lead to a shorter lifetime.
Unless otherwise indicated, items not equipped with grease
en
fittings, such as linkages, pins, levers, etc., should be
lubricated with oil once a week. Motor oil, applied sparingly,
will provide the necessary lubrication and help prevent the
formation of rust. An Anti-Seize compound may be used if
er
ef
R
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02
LUBRICATION
rust has not formed, otherwise the component must be
cleaned first.
Grease fittings that are worn and will not hold the grease
gun, or those that have a stuck check ball, must be replaced.
Where wear pads are used, cycle the components and
relubricate to ensure complete lubrication of the entire wear
area.
CraneLUBE
Manitowoc highly recommends the use of CraneLUBE
l u b r i c a n ts t o i n c r e a s e y o u r c r a n e ’s r e l i a b i l i t y a n d
y
performance. Contact your Manitowoc distributor for
information about Manitowoc’s CraneLUBE lubrication
program.
nl
Safety
To lubricate many of the locations the engine will need to be
started. After positioning areas of the unit for lubrication the
engine must be turned off and the moved areas stable before
approaching.
DANGER
Crushing Hazard!
Movement of the superstructure and the boom may
create a crushing and/or pinching hazard. Failure to
observe this warning could result in death or serious
injury.
5-7
LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Steering and Suspension

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube
Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
EP-MPG
Extreme
Until
Steer Cylinder Pressure
1 Figure 5-1 grease 500 hours or 3 months 8 grease fittings
Pivot Pins Multipurpose
extrudes
Grease
6829003477
EP-MPG

y
Extreme
Until
Upper and Lower Pressure
2 Figure 5-1 grease 500 hours or 3 months 8 grease fittings

nl
King Pins Multipurpose
extrudes
Grease
6829003477
EP-MPG

O
Extreme
Until
Fifth Wheel Pressure
3 Figure 5-1 grease 500 hours or 3 months 2 grease fittings
Pivots Multipurpose
extrudes
Grease
ce
6829003477
EP-MPG
Extreme
Until
Lockout Cylinder Pressure
4 Figure 5-1 grease 500 hours or 3 months 4 grease fittings
Pivot Pins Multipurpose
en

extrudes
Grease
6829003477
er
ef
R

5-8 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
nl
1 7114-17
4 2
7114-20

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

3 7114-10

FIGURE 5-1

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-9

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Axles
• Check level every
GL-5 500 hours or 3
Extended months Fill to bottom of hole
22.7 l
11 Differentials Figure 5-2 Service Interval in housing on the
(48 pt) • Drain and fill every
Gear Lubricant steer cylinder side
6829012964 4000 hours or 2
years

y
NOTE: Lube level close enough to the hole to be seen or touched is not sufficient. It must be level with the hole.
When checking lube level, also check and clean housing breathers.
CAUTION: Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components and/or invalidate published lubricant intervals.

nl
CAUTION: If the makeup amount is substantially more than 0.23 l (0.5 pt), check for leaks.
• Check level every
GL-5 500 hours or 3 Fill to the bottom of

O
Planetary Hubs Extended months the level hole in the
3.8 l
12 and Wheel Figure 5-2 Service Interval housing with the fill
(8 pt) • Drain and fill every
Bearings Gear Lubricant plug and the oil level
6829012964 4000 hours or 2 mark horizontal.
years
ce
CAUTION: Use of non-approved lubricant may damage components and/or invalidate published lubricant intervals.
en
er
ef
R

5-10 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
nl
O
8130-1

ce
en
er
ef
R

11 7114-17
5
12 7114-9

FIGURE 5-2

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-11

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Drive Train
• Check level every 10
hours or daily
EO-15W/40 • Drain, fill and replace • Through fill cap to
Engine Oil filter every: 500 hours FULL mark on
20a a. Engine dipstick
SAE 15W-40 18.9 l (0-500 ppm sulfur
Crankcase Figure 5-3
Tier 3 and Tier 4 (20 qt) fuel); 400 hours • Filter located on
20b b. Filter
Engine - (500-5000 ppm sulfur left side of frame

y
6829104182 fuel); 250 hours beneath radiator
(>5000 ppm sulfur
fuel)

nl
• Check level every 10
hours or daily
• Drain and refill every
21a a. Transmission,

O
1000 hours or 6
Torque HYDO Through fill pipe to
37.9 l months
Converter, Figure 5-3 Hydraulic Oil FULL mark on
(40 qt) • Change transmission
Dipstick 6829006444 dipstick
21b b. Filter filter after first 50 and
100 hours of service,
ce
then every 500 hours
thereafter
NOTE:
• Check the transmission fluid level with engine running at 850 rpm idle and the converter oil at 82°C to 93°C (180°F to 200°F). Do
en

not attempt an oil level check with cold oil. To bring the oil temperature to this range, it is necessary to either work the crane or
stall the converter. Converter stall should be accomplished by engaging shift lever in forward high range with the brakes applied
and then accelerating the engine to half or three-quarter throttle. Hold the stall until the required converter temperature is
reached and stabilized. (Do not operate the converter at stall condition for longer than 30 seconds at one time. Shift to neutral for
15 seconds and repeat the procedure until the desired temperature is reached. Excessive temperature, i.e, 120°C (250°F)
maximum will cause damage to transmission clutches, fluid, converter and seals.)
er

• Drain the oil at 65°C to 93°C (150°F to 200°F).

• Transmission filters are located on the outside left hand frame in the area of the hydraulic oil cooler inside left hand engine cover.
• To add fluid:
a. Fill to FULL mark on dipstick
ef

b. Run engine at 850 rpm to prime torque converter and lines

c. Check oil level with engine running at 850 rpm and converter oil at 82°C to 93°C (180°F to 200°F). Add oil to bring
oil level to FULL mark on dipstick.
R

AFC 50/50 • Check coolant level

50/50 Blended every 10 hours or
Fully daily
Engine Cooling Formulated
37.9 l • Check SCA levels
22 System and SCA Figure 5-3 Antifreeze See Service Manual
40 qt every 500 hours
Levels Coolant
6829101130 • Check coolant for
SCA contamination every
6829012858 1000 hours
Clean strainer screen
after first 100 hours and Close shutoff valves.
Coolant Strainer
23 Figure 5-3 --- --- every 2000 hours or 12 Unscrew hex plug to
(Cab Heater)
months intervals clean filter.
thereafter.

5-12 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

22 7649-27

21b 7649-26

y
nl
21a 7114-23

O
Other Side
ce
en

Other Side
er

8130-1
ef

20a
R

5
23 7114-10

20b 7649-25
7795
Fill Location

FIGURE 5-3

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-13

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Drive Train (continued)
• Replace primary filter
element when
Engine Warning Light
blinks when ignition
key is turned on or
24a Air Cleaner fault code 5576 or
Filters 3341 is displayed.

y
Replace secondary Right hand side of
Figure 5-4 --- ---
filter every third time engine hood.
primary filter is

nl
24b Pre-cleaner
replaced.
• In severe dust
conditions the pre-

O
cleaner may need to
be serviced.
• Fuel filter is
• Change filter every
located on the
a. Fuel Filter 500 hours or 6
ce
25a intake manifold of
months.
Figure 5-4 --- --- engine.
b. Water • Drain water trap
25b • Water Separator
Separator every 10 hours or
is located near oil
daily.
cooler.
en

NOTE: During replacement of the water separator, take note of the direction of the arrow. The arrow must point towards
the fuel filter
EP-MPG
Extreme
Until
er

26a Driveline - Slip Pressure

Figure 5-4 grease 500 hours or 3 months 2 grease fittings
26b Joints Multipurpose
extrudes
Grease
6829003477
ef
R

5-14 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

7649-15

y
nl
7114-11
26b

24a

O
24b

Other Side
ce
en
er

8130-1

Other Side
ef
R

7114-10

25b 7649-28
26a
7795 25a

FIGURE 5-4

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-15

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Turntable
• Check and fill every
AGMA No. 4 50 hours
Extreme
Turntable Gear 5l • Drain and fill after Fill to max level on
40 Figure 5-5 Pressure Gear
Box (5.25 qt) first 250 hours and level plug.
Lubricant
6829100213 every 500 hours or
12 months thereafter.

y
EP-OGL
Turntable Gear Open Gear Coat all
41a Figure 5-5 500 hours or 6 months Spray on
and Drive Pinion Lubricant teeth

nl
6829102971
EP-OGL
Turntable Swivel Open Gear
41b Not shown Coat pin 500 hours or 6 months Spray on

O
Lock Pin Lubricant
6829102971
Until
EP-MPG
grease
Extreme
extrudes 2 grease fittings at
ce
Turntable Pressure
42 Figure 5-5 the whole 500 hours or 6 months the front of the
Bearing Multipurpose
circumfer- turntable.
Grease
ence of the
6829003477
bearing
en

NOTE: Rotate the turntable 90° and apply grease to fittings. Continue rotating 90° and grease the fittings until the whole
bearing is greased.
er
ef
R

5-16 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

40

y
nl
O
7114-24
ce 42
en
er

8130-2
ef

7649-21
R

FIGURE 5-5
41a

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-17

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Outriggers
EP-MPG
Extreme
Brush lubricant on
Pressure
50 Outrigger Beams Figure 5-6 --- 50 hours or 1 week bottom of outrigger
Multipurpose
beams
Grease
6829003477
Brush lubricant on

y
EP-MPG
ID of jack cylinder
Extreme
support tubes (4)
Jack Cylinder Pressure

nl
51 Figure 5-6 --- 50 hours or 1 week places and wear
Support Tubes Multipurpose
bands before
Grease
installing jack
6829003477
cylinders

O
EP-MPG
Extreme
Jack Cylinder Pressure
52 Figure 5-6 --- 50 hours or 1 week Brush on
Barrels Multipurpose
ce
Grease
6829003477
en
er
ef
R

5-18 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
nl
O
ce 8130-1
en
er

51
ef
R

50
5

52

FIGURE 5-6

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-19

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Figure Approved Lube

Item Lube Interval Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity
Boom
Until
Upper Lift
60 Figure 5-7 greases 500 hours or 3 months 2 grease fittings
Cylinder Pin
extrudes

EP-MPG Until
Lower Lift
61 Figure 5-7 Extreme greases 500 hours or 3 months 2 grease fittings
Cylinder Pin
Pressure extrudes

y
Multipurpose Until
Hook Block Grease
70 Figure 5-7 grease 250 hours or 3 months 1 grease fitting
Swivel Bearing 6829003477 extrudes

nl
Until
Hook Block 5 grease fittings -
71 Figure 5-7 grease 250 hours or 3 months
Sheaves 65 Ton
extrudes

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

5-20 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
nl
O
61 ce 7114-25 60 7114-16
en
er
ef
R

5
71
70

7114-32

FIGURE 5-7

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-21

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Boom
Lube Point Figure Approved Lube Lube Operation
Item Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity Interval Mode and
Length
Boom (continued)
NOTE: Crane Setup: Machine Shall be set up on firm level surface with fully extended outriggers and counterweight
installed. Ensure the crane is level.
Boom must be directly over the front and the swing lock engaged.
Set boom angle at zero degrees.’

y
Do not exceed 38.1 m (125.3 ft) boom length in Auto Mode A.

nl
Do not exceed 34.2 m (112.3 ft) boom length in Auto Mode B.
All lubrication points can be accessed by operating the crane in the 0001 RCL operating mode by using both A and B boom
configurations.

O
CAUTION: Do not operate the crane in RCL bypass to lubricate the boom.
• 12 places
• Extend
boom for
ce
Telescope access
Thoroughly 125 hours/
72 Cylinder Wear Figure 5-8 through • N/A
coat 3 months
Pads holes in
side of
sections 3
en

&4
Thoroughly • 2 points
Tel 1 - Rear
coat all 15 places
internal Side 250 hours or • [B] 18.7 m
73A Figure 5-8 areas the • Extend
and Bottom EP-MPG 3 months (61.4 ft)
wear pad boom for
er

Wear Pads Extreme

moves on access
Pressure
Multipurpose through
Grease holes in
6829003477 side of
ef

boom
sections
Boom Tele 2, Thoroughly • Spread
R

3, & 4 Rear coat all grease on

250 hours or • [A] 34.2 m
73B internal Side Figure 5-8 areas the bottom
3 months (112.5 ft
and Bottom wear pad plates, top
Wear Pads moves on plates, and
side plates
of boom in
area that
wear pads
move on
NOTE: Lubricate items more frequently than interval indicated in table if environmental conditions and/or operating
conditions necessitate.

5-22 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

Boom
Lube Point Figure Approved Lube Lube Operation
Item Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity Interval Mode and
Length
• 4points
• 16 places
EP-MPG • Extend
Thoroughly boom,
Extreme
Boom Tele 1 - coat all aligning
Pressure 50 hours or 1 • [B] 18.7 m
74A Rear Upper Figure 5-8 areas the grease
Multipurpose week (61.4 ft)
Wear Pads - wear pad fittings with
Grease
moves on

y
6829003477 holes in
side of each
boom

nl
section
• 4 Points
• 16 places

O
EP-MPG • Extend
Thoroughly boom,
Boom Tele 2, Extreme
coat all aligning
3, & 4 Rear Pressure 50 hours or 1 • [A] 34.2 m
74 B Figure 5-8 areas the grease
Upper Wear Multipurpose week (112.5 ft
wear pad
ce
Pads Grease fittings with
moves on holes in
6829003477
side of each
boom
section
en

NOTE: Lubricate items more frequently than interval indicated in table if environmental conditions and/or operating
conditions necessitate.
CAUTION: Do not apply excessive pressure or force when greasing the wear pad, as this can cause the grease fitting to
separate from the wear pad. Only apply grease until resistance is felt.
er
ef
R

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-23

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

8133
74

y
nl
73, 74

O
ce
en 73, 74
er
72, 73, 74
ef
R
72, 73

FIGURE 5-8

5-24 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

Boom
Lube Point Figure Approved Lube Lube Operation
Item Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity Interval Mode and
Length
Boom (continued)
Boom Tele 1 Thoroughly • 8 Points
Section Lower coat all • 24 places
50 hours or • [B] 18.7 m
75A Front Upper and areas the by brush
1 week (61.4 ft)
Lower Wear EP-MPG wear pad
Pads moves on • Spread
Extreme

y
grease on
Pressure the outside
Figure 5-9
Multipurpose Thoroughly of Tele 1,
Boom Section

nl
Grease coat all 2, 3, & 4 in
Lower Front and 6829003477 50 hours or • [A] 34.2 m
75B areas the the area
Upper Front 1 week (112.5 ft
wear pad that the
Wear Pads
moves on wear pads

O
move on
NOTE: Lubricate items more frequently than interval indicated in table if environmental conditions and/or operating
conditions necessitate.
• 2 grease
ce
fittings
• Extend
Until Tele 1
Extend Cable 250 hours or approx. 3 ft • [B] 12 m
76a Figure 5-9 grease
en

Sheaves 3 months for access (39.4 ft)

extrudes
EP-MPG through
Extreme Tele 3 and
Pressure Tele 4
Multipurpose holes
er

Grease • 4 grease
6829003477 fittings

Until • Extend
Extend Cable 250 hours or Tele 2 • [A] 12.8 m
ef

76b Figure 5-9 grease

Sheaves 3 months approx. 3 ft (42 ft
extrudes
for access
through
holes
R

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-25

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Boom
Lube Point Figure Approved Lube Lube Operation
Item Application
Description No. Lubricant Capacity Interval Mode and
Length
• 2 Points
• 2 grease
fittings
• Fully
extend
Tele 1,
then

y
Until extend
Retract Cable 250 hours or Tele 2 until • [B] 26.2 m
77a Figure 5-9 grease
Sheaves 3 months grease (86 ft
extrudes

nl
fittings are
accessible
through
large

O
access
hole in
EP-MPG side of
Extreme Tele 1
Pressure
ce
Multipurpose • 2 Points
Grease • 2 grease
6829003477 fittings
• Fully
en

extend
Tele 2 and
Tele 4,
then
Until access
Retract Cable 250 hours or • [A] 34.3 m
77b Figure 5-9 grease
er

Sheaves 3 months grease (112.5 ft

extrudes fittings at
back of
Tele 3
ef

through
access
holes
toward the
R

front of
Tele 2

5-26 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

8133

y
nl 77a
75
O
75

76a
ce
en

75
75

77b
er
ef

75
75
R

76b

5
75
75

FIGURE 5-9

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-27

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Approved Lube

Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Boom (continued)
Until
78 Boom Pivot Shaft Figure 5-10 grease 250 hours or 3 months 2 grease fittings
extrudes
Until
Boom Extension
79 Figure 5-10 EP-MPG grease 250 hours or 3 months 1 grease fitting
Sheave
Extreme extrudes

y
Pressure Until
Upper Boom 2 grease fittings
81 Figure 5-10 Multipurpose grease 250 hours or 3 months
Nose Sheave (1) per sheave
Grease extrudes

nl
6829003477
Until
Lower Boom
82 Figure 5-10 grease 250 hours or 3 months 5 grease fittings
Nose Sheave
extrudes

O
Until
Auxiliary Boom
83 Figure 5-10 grease 250 hours or 3 months 1 grease fitting
Nose Sheave
extrudes
ce
en
er
ef
R

5-28 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

75

81

82

83

y
nl
75

7114-27

7114-15
79

O
ce
en

8130-2
er

7649-17
ef

78
R

FIGURE 5-10

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-29

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Approved Lube

Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Boom (continued)
EP-MPG Until
84 Mast Sheave Figure 5-11 Extreme grease 500 hours or 12 months 1 grease fitting
Pressure extrudes
Multipurpose Until
85 Overhaul Ball Figure 5-11 Grease grease 250 hours or 3 months 1 grease fitting
6829003477 extrudes

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef
R

5-30 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

84

y
nl
O
ce
7114-30
en
er
ef

85
R

8130-2

7115-33
FIGURE 5-11

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-31

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Approved Lube

Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Hoist
• Check and fill every Oil must be visible in
AGMA
50 hours or weekly the sight glass and
Extreme
14.7 l the level no more
92 Main Hoist Figure 5-12 Pressure Gear • Drain and fill every
(15.5 qt) than 3 mm (0.13 in)
Lubricant 1000 hours or 12 from the top of the
6829100213 months sight glass
Oil must be visible in

y
AGMA • Check and fill every
50 hours or weekly the sight glass and
Extreme
14.7 l the level no more
93a Auxiliary Hoist Figure 5-12 Pressure Gear

nl
(15.5 qt) • Drain and fill every than 3 mm (0.13 in)
Lubricant 1000 hours or 12 from the top of the
6829100213 months sight glass
NOTE: Line up the Fill/Drain Plug with the upper access hole (A). Let hoist sit idle for 20 minutes for an accurate reading.

O
If oil level is not visible in sight glass, the hoist is under filled. Oil escaping from vent plug (B) or is more than 3 mm
(0.13 in) from the top of the sight glass is an indication the hoist is overfilled. If hoist is over filled drain the oil from
the Fill/Drain Plug at the upper access hole. When replacing the oil, align the Fill/Drain Plug with the lower access
hole (C) and drain the oil.
ce
Failure to align the Fill/Drain Plug with the upper access hole prior to checking the oil level will result in an
inaccurate reading.
EP-MPG
Extreme
en

Cable Follower Pressure Thoroughly

93b Figure 5-12 250 hours or 3 months Spray on
(Arms) Multipurpose coat
Grease
6829003477
NOTE: Lubricate more frequently than interval indicated if environmental and/or operating conditions necessitate.
er
ef
R

5-32 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
nl
O
A B 92
ce C 93b A 93a C 93b 7114-7
en
er
ef
R

FIGURE 5-12

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-33

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

Lube Point Approved Lube

Item Figure No. Lube Interval Application
Description Lubricant Capacity
Hydraulic
• Use sight gauge
on side of tank,
with boom down
HYDO and all outrigger
640 L Check fluid level every
100 Hydraulic Tank Figure 5-13 Hydraulic Oil cylinders
(169 gal) 10 hours or daily.
6829006444 retracted.
• Drain and refill as

y
necessary
NOTE:

nl
• Environmental and other conditions can dramatically affect the condition of hydraulic oil and filters. Therefore,
specific intervals for servicing/changing hydraulic oil, filters and hydraulic tank breathers cannot be set.
However, it is imperative for the continued satisfactory performance of Grove cranes that inspections be

O
performed on the basis of how and where each crane is used. Air borne and ingested contaminants can
significantly reduce the life of oil and the condition of hydraulic oil filters and tank breathers.
• Under normal operating conditions, it is recommended that hydraulic oil, filters and breathers be inspected
and oils sampled at least every 3 to 6 months and more frequently for severe operating conditions. The
ce
inspections should be for air borne and/or ingested particles and water that deteriorate and contaminate the oil
(e.g., oil appears “milky” or no longer has a transparent clear to amber color). The return filter by-pass
indicator should be observed daily to determine if the contaminants content may be high. If the indicator
reaches the red zone or indicates a by-pass condition, the hydraulic oil must be sampled. The hydraulic tank
breather should also be inspected to assure that it is not restricting air flow into and out of the reservoir.
en

• To inspect hydraulic oil, fill a small glass container with a sample of reservoir oil and another glass container
with fresh oil. Let the samples stand, undisturbed, for one to two hours and then compare the samples. If the
reservoir oil is heavily contaminated with water the sample will appear “milky” with only a small layer of
transparent oil on top. If the “milky” appearance was due to air foaming, it will dissipate and the oil should
closely match the fresh oil. Should you have any questions, please contact your local authorized Manitowoc
er

distributor.
• The hydraulic oil shall meet or exceed ISO 4406 class 17/14 cleanliness level.
HYDO
Change filter when the
ef

101 Hydraulic Filter Figure 5-13 Hydraulic Oil --- ---

indicator is red
6829006444
DEF Fill when level is low
102 DEF Tank Figure 5-14 5 gal (19 l) ---
80019225 per indicator.
R

5-34 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL LUBRICATION

y
8130-2

nl
101

O
ce
en
er

100
ef
R

5
FIGURE 5-13

Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 5-35

LUBRICATION RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

y
nl
O
ce
en
er
ef

102

FIGURE 5-14
R

5-36 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

SECTION 6
MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

SECTION CONTENTS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Daily or 10 Hour Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Weekly or 50 Hour Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

y
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

nl
This section contains a list of daily inspection and Refer to your Service Manual for specific maintenance and
maintenance checks. Performing the checks will help adjustment procedures.
maintain the safety, dependability, and productivity designed
Refer to Section 5 - Lubrication (in this Operator Manual) for
into your crane.

O
lubrication intervals, types of fluids and lube point locations.
Refer to your Inspection & Lubrication Service Log for further
requirements.

Daily or 10 Hour Check List

ce
1 Operator’s Manual: Is item properly installed on machine?
2 Signal and Running Lights & Horn: Check for cracked or broken glass. Check for proper working order.
en

3 Back-up Alarm: Check for proper operation while operating machine.

4 Gauges and Instruments: Check for proper working order. Check for proper reading while operating engine.
Check for proper operation while operating machine.
5 Brakes (Swing, Foot & Parking): Check for proper working order. Check for proper operation while operating
machine.
er

6 Boom Angle Indicator: Check for proper operation while operating machine.
7 Rated Capacity Limiter: Check for proper operation while operating machine. Check connectors and wiring for
proper alignment and insulation.
ef

8 Anti-two-block (A2B) Electrical and Hydraulic: Check for proper operation while operating machine. Check
connectors and wiring for proper alignment and insulation.
9 Brakes and Air System (if equipped): Check for proper working order. Check for proper operation while
operating machine. Drain moisture.
R

10 Tires: Check for proper inflation/pressure. Check for excessive wear. Check for excess dirt, grease or foreign
matter.
11 Hourmeter: Check for proper working order. Check for proper reading while operating engine. Check connectors
and wiring for proper alignment and insulation.
12 Hydraulic Tank: Check for proper service/level. Check for excess dirt, grease, or foreign matter.
13 Hydraulic Oil Filter: Check for proper service/level.
14 Wire Rope: Check for damaged, frayed, or broken strands.
15 Hoists: Is item properly installed on machine. Check for excess dirt, grease, or foreign matter. Check for proper
operation while operating machine.
16 Boom and Attachments: Is item properly installed on machine. Check for excess dirt, grease, or foreign matter.
Check for proper operation while operating machine.
17 Crankcase: Check for proper service/level. Check for excess dirt, grease, or foreign matter.
6
Grove Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02 6-1
MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

18 Transmission/Torque Converter: Check for proper service/level.

19 Cooling System: Check for proper service/level. Check for cracks or leaks.
20 Fuel/Water Separator: Drain moisture.
21 Air Cleaner: Check for proper service/level. Check for cracks or leaks.
22 Oil Cooler: Check for dirt buildup.
23 Hook Block & Headache Ball Safety Latch: Check for proper working order. Check for cracks and leaks. Check
for excessive wear.
24 Lock-out Cylinder & Slew Potentiometer: Check for proper operation while operating machine. Check for
proper adjustment.

y
Weekly or 50 Hour Check List

nl
1 Sheaves: Check for proper operation, excessive wear, and damage.

O
ce
en
er
ef
R

6-2 Published 9-29-2015, Control # 521-02

RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL OPERATOR MANUAL

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Accessing the Hoist Area (Fixed counterweight units only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cab Overhead Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Cable Reeving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cold Weather Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Control Seat Assembly (Single Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Crane Stability/Structural Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Crane Warm-up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Dead-End Rigging/Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Electrocution Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

y
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Environmental Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

nl
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom Extension with the 6.1 m (20 ft) Insert. . . . . . . 4-18
Erecting and Stowing the Bi-fold Boom Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Fixed Counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Foot Pedal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

O
Installing Cable on the Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Jib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
List Of Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Lubricants and Lubrication Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
ce
Lubrication Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Miscellaneous Controls and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Model Specific Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Noise/vibration test results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
en

Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Operational Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Operator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Operator Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Outrigger Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
er

Overhead Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Overload Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Parking and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Personnel Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
ef

Pile Driving and Extracting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Removable Counterweight (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
R

Shut-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Side Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Steering Column Indicator and Gauge Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Surface Protection for Cylinder Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Temperature Effects on Hook Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Temperature Effects on Hydraulic Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Transporting the Crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Travel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Wind Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Work Practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Grove 7-1
OPERATOR MANUAL RT770E OPERATOR MANUAL

y
nl
O
ce
THIS PAGE BLANK
en
er
ef
R

7-2
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y
R
ef
er
en
ce
O
nl
y